<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
FORM 10-K
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
/X/ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
</TABLE>
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
OR
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
/ / TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO
</TABLE>
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 0-17920
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
KANSAS 48-0986248
(State of (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation) Identification No.)
</TABLE>
250 INTERNATIONAL PARKWAY, STE. 300
HEATHROW, FL 32746
(Address of principal executive offices)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (407) 357-1000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
COMMON STOCK, NO PAR VALUE
(Title of class)
------------------------
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. /X/ Yes / / No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K: /X/
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
Registrant, as of February 20, 1998 was $78,326,207, based upon the last
reported sales price on such date. For purposes of this disclosure, shares of
common stock beneficially owned by executive officers and directors of the
Registrant have been excluded because such persons may be deemed to be
affiliates. This determination is not necessarily conclusive.
On February 20, 1998, there were 12,066,405 shares of the Registrant's
common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of
Stockholders scheduled to be held May 12, 1998 are incorporated by reference
into Part III of this report. The Proxy Statement is expected to be filed with
the Commission not later than April 9, 1998.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
1997 FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C> <C>
Item 1. Business....................................................................................... 1
Item 2. Properties..................................................................................... 13
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.............................................................................. 13
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders............................................ 13
Item 5. Market for the Company's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters......................... 14
Item 6. Selected Financial Data........................................................................ 15
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.......... 16
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.................................................... 23
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure........... 41
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant............................................. 42
Item 11. Executive Compensation......................................................................... 42
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management................................. 42
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions................................................. 42
Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K................................ 43
</TABLE>
i
<PAGE>
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
GENERAL
Brite Voice Systems, Inc. (the "Company" or "Brite") designs, integrates,
assembles, markets and supports voice processing and call processing systems and
services which incorporate voice response, voice recognition, voice/facsimile
messaging, audiotex and interactive computer applications into both standard
products and customized market solutions. The Company also offers a broad array
of telecommunications management services.
Voice processing systems allow callers to use a telephone to leave or
retrieve messages, obtain information stored in a computer database, or input
and retrieve information from a host computer. A caller who accesses a voice
processing system is typically greeted by a message identifying the owner or
principal sponsor of the system, and is then requested to select options from a
menu of choices. Most callers using touch-tone telephones input responses by
pushing the keys on their telephone key pad. Many of the Company's systems use
voice recognition to allow input of information using spoken commands.
Call processing systems allow a service provider to process and complete
subscribers' calls utilizing special features such as prepaid or calling card
billing, voice dialing, voice messaging, pager capabilities and short message
services. A call processing system may include certain voice processing
features.
The Company's products can be divided into two categories: those that
increase its customers' revenues through increased subscription or user fees,
and those that reduce customers' costs or improve the efficiency of services
provided to end user customers. Examples of revenue enhancing products are
systems developed for wireless and wireline network operators who provide voice
activated dialing and prepaid calling services to their subscriber base, thereby
increasing network usage and revenues. Typical applications that reduce
customers' costs or improve efficiency allow callers to access personalized
account balances for bank, credit card or mutual fund accounts, order products
or product literature for delivery by mail or by facsimile, pay bills, enroll
for college courses, apply for credit cards and receive stock quotes or other
personalized information. The use of the Company's systems to respond to routine
requests for information reduces customers' direct labor costs, and allows live
agents to handle more complex questions and problems, thereby improving customer
service.
Incorporated in Kansas in 1984, the Company initially concentrated its
efforts on the provision of audiotex systems, primarily to newspaper publishers,
which used the systems to establish themselves as leading information providers
in their respective markets. In May 1991, the Company, through its newly-formed
subsidiary, Brite Voice Systems Group, Limited ("BVSGL"), acquired substantially
all of the assets of the Voice Systems Group of Ferranti Business
Communications, Ltd. BVSGL manufactured and marketed voice messaging systems,
and now manufactures and markets all of the Company's products throughout
Europe, the Middle East, and Africa. BVSGL maintains design and production
facilities in Manchester, England and sales and support offices in Cambridge,
England; France; Germany; Italy; the Netherlands; South Africa; Switzerland and
United Arab Emirates.
In July 1993, the Company acquired one of its leading competitors,
Perception Technology Corporation ("Perception"). Perception's experience as a
provider of interactive voice response systems significantly broadened the
Company's participation in the voice processing industry.
In March 1995, the Company acquired Touch-Talk, Incorporated ("Touch-Talk"),
based in Dallas, Texas. Prior to the merger, Touch-Talk had been the largest
provider of customized application software solutions used by the Company in
providing interactive voice response applications. In addition, the Company had
licensed from Touch-Talk certain application software development tools for
sublicense to customers. The acquisition of Touch-Talk broadened the Company's
capabilities in providing turnkey voice processing applications to customers
seeking a single vendor for all of their voice processing requirements.
1
<PAGE>
In August 1995, the Company acquired Telecom Services Limited (U.S.), Inc.,
Telecom Services Limited (West), Inc., TSL Software Services, Inc., and TSL
Management Group, Inc., (collectively the "TSL Companies" or "TSL"), which were
affiliated by common ownership. The Company's TSL Division offers a broad array
of services and products which assist clients in managing various aspects of
their telecommunications functions, including controlling and reducing expenses,
developing management reports and applications, selecting service and equipment
vendors, designing and implementing telecommunications systems and managing
day-to-day operations.
On October 30, 1997, the Company consummated the sale of certain assets used
in its electronic publishing business for $35,000,000 in cash. The business sold
includes: i) the management of audiotex systems installed on customers'
premises; ii) the creation and transmission by satellite of information for
access by telephone callers; iii) the creation and provision of a variety of
information for yellow pages publishers over the Internet; iv) the sale of
advertising sponsorships to various categories of audiotex information made
available through yellow pages publishers' audiotex systems; and v) advertiser
management services provided on behalf of yellow pages publishers whereby
advertising entities are contacted from an outbound call center for periodic
updating of their audiotex sponsorships and advertisements.
The Company elected to sell this business because it believed that, while
profitable, the growth prospects for electronic publishing were limited.
Further, the Company intends to focus on fewer, but larger market opportunities
in the voice processing industry. Finally, the Company was able to use the
proceeds to retire all of its short-term debt and significantly increase working
capital and stockholders' equity. Revenues associated with this business were
$11,200,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997, and are included under
services revenues in the accompanying financial statements.
The Company believes that the acquisitions described above have provided
significant additions and enhancements to its product and services businesses,
and expects to continue to evaluate prospects for future acquisitions or other
corporate development activities to supplement its internal technology and
product development. In addition, the Company regularly evaluates all of its
product and services offerings for profitability and growth potential, and will
continue to redesign, redirect or eliminate those products or services which
fail to demonstrate profitability or significant growth potential.
During 1997, the Company relocated its headquarters from Wichita, Kansas to
Heathrow, Florida, a suburb of Orlando. The primary purposes of the relocation
were to provide a more accessible headquarters location for potential customers,
locate more of the Company's senior management staff in one location, and take
advantage of a larger labor pool from which to draw employees. In conjunction
with this move, the Company created a product demonstration center designed to
increase the Company's sales effectiveness by allowing a trained sales staff to
present all of the Company's products to potential customers. The costs of this
relocation are included under Restructuring, relocation and reengineering in the
accompanying financial statements.
THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS
PLATFORMS
Brite believes that the wide variety of new applications and services being
sought by the telecommunications industry will cause a fundamental change in the
product architecture used to provide these services. This industry now generally
uses a topology consisting of a network with a series of attached products,
provided by different vendors, to provide the needed range of applications. The
Company believes that significant demand exists for a uniform architecture
consisting of a series of common components utilized for multiple applications.
This change will allow client companies to quickly offer new applications and
features on a common hardware architecture that can be expanded to add new
features and growth in capacity. In 1997, Brite focused on developing this
common architecture, known as BriteESP, and making its entire range of
applications available using "building block" components and a common high-level
2
<PAGE>
applications language. The BriteESP development effort will be completed in
1998. Each product will have:
- A common set of front-end switching interfaces providing a switching
matrix and signaling interfaces for a variety of networks, such as SS7,
ISDN and in-band signaling.
- A common media processing unit providing voice recording, playback and
recognition services to all applications.
- A common applications processing unit running a variety of call processing
and applications software.
- An operations, administration, maintenance and provisioning environment
utilizing the Simple Network Management Protocol ("SNMP") standard,
allowing a single manager to manage the entire suite of Brite products,
and any other products that are SNMP compliant.
- An application creation environment using Write-1, Brite's
fourth-generation language which allows easy, graphics-driven application
development.
- Integrated system administration, using state-of-the-art graphical user
interface operator terminals.
- A common relational database management environment.
APPLICATION CREATION ENVIRONMENT
Write-1-Registered Trademark- is a language developed by Brite for writing
voice processing and call processing applications, and performing host
connectivity, that runs under a range of UNIX operating systems. It also
contains a library of interfaces to third party development tools such as
databases, host connections and Dialogic's CT Connect product. The Company has
an application software development environment with a graphical user interface
running under Windows NT. This package is designed to meet a wide variety of
programming needs, from creating simple menu-based call flows to developing
complex network-based applications. It also isolates the programmer from the
operating system and hardware platform, thus making applications more portable
and expandable.
Write-1 contains a range of features which enable customers to produce state
of the art applications. Examples of customer-developed applications include a
benefits information line which links callers to part of the IRS database, child
support help lines and a large call center help desk which includes automated
display of pertinent caller information on the computer screen of a customer
service representative.
APPLICATIONS
Applications currently in use by many of the Company's customers are as
follows:
VOICE ACTIVATED DIALING. This application allows wireless carriers to
provide a cellular telephone user access to telephone numbers using spoken
commands rather than the keys on the cellular telephone. The use of voice
activated dialing permits drivers to keep their hands on the wheel and eyes on
the road, promoting safety and convenience of use. VoiceSelect-TM- is marketed
to cellular providers around the world.
DEBIT/PREPAID CALLING. BriteDEBIT-TM- applications deliver the ability for
telecommunications companies to provide services to subscribers extending beyond
the traditional monthly billed service provided in the past. This capability
allows wireless and wireline companies to provide service using credit cards,
debit cards and through the use of prepaid services requiring no card. Unlike
traditional telephone company services where service usage measurements are
collected and bills are generated offline at the end of the billing cycle,
prepaid or debit services require that this billing function occur as part of
the call processing system and in "real time" to allow the user to always have
access to a current balance record. Further, the system must have the ability to
"tell" the user the balance in the account. This ability to perform not only
voice processing and call processing, but also call costing and customer account
adjustment, is a technical
3
<PAGE>
task similar to the functionality provided by telecommunications switches and
billing systems operating simultaneously and in real-time.
VOICE MESSAGING. Voice messaging (or voice mail) allows users to store,
send and receive information over the telephone or Internet. In addition to
voice mail, the systems provide call answering, call routing, paging, short
message delivery, dictation and automated attendant features. The Company's
range of voice messaging services can be combined to offer a wide range of
value-added services for public telephone network operators.
INTERACTIVE VOICE RESPONSE ("IVR") APPLICATIONS. Designed for use with the
Company's IVR platforms, these applications are often customized, and can be
written by the Company, by the customer, or written in cooperation with a series
of independent software vendors ("ISVs"). These ISVs typically have specialized
skills which allow the Company to economically obtain specialized,
industry-specific programming. Many application software packages can be used to
create products targeted for specific vertical markets. Examples include higher
education, where the Company's systems enable university and college students to
register for courses 24 hours a day via touch-tone phones; the financial
services market, where the Company's systems allow callers to perform a wide
range of banking transactions by phone 24 hours a day; and utility companies,
where the Company's systems provide automated customer service functions such as
power outage reporting, billing inquiries and meter reading. The Company's
acquisition of Touch-Talk in March 1995 broadened its base of software
programming expertise; however, the Company continues to utilize ISVs in areas
where it does not have experience.
SERVICES
The Company offers a wide range of services in conjunction with its voice
processing and call processing systems. These services are typically available
on either an annual or quarterly basis and generally complement or support the
Company's products. The Company also provides a variety of telecommunications
management services.
MANAGED SERVICES
As a complement to its system sales, the Company provides certain voice and
call processing services on a managed services basis. In a typical managed
service relationship, the Company provides all necessary equipment and
operational personnel, allowing the customer to avoid both the front-end cost of
purchasing equipment, and the continuing cost of adding personnel to staff a
function that is outside its expertise. Charges for these services may be based
on fixed rates per month, per call or per minute, or may consist of a share of
the revenue or profits generated by the service.
The Company's TeleRent-Registered Trademark- service provides readers of
apartment rental guides access to information concerning rental properties in
the local area. Callers to the system may receive more detailed information
about an apartment or complex than can be conveyed in a printed ad. Callers can
direct connect to the leasing agent, leave messages, or receive a fax of a floor
plan or contract. The Company receives a monthly fee for each listing sold in
the rental guide.
The Company provides its prepaid calling application to network operators on
a managed service basis in addition to offering a system purchase option. Under
these arrangements, the Company provides the hardware platform which carries
traffic on the prepaid network, rates calls and keeps track of individual
subscriber balances, processes account replenishment and provides customer
support representatives to assist subscribers with problems. The Company's
platform can be easily expanded to meet increased demand and combines many
features in a manner that the Company believes is unmatched in the industry. The
advantage to the network provider is a completely bundled service which requires
no front-end purchase of equipment, a fixed cost to provide the service, and the
avoidance of continuing costs of operational personnel on staff.
4
<PAGE>
TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANAGEMENT SERVICES
The Company's telecommunications management services include the following:
BILLING VERIFICATION AND OPTIMIZATION SERVICES. The Company's billing
verification service consists of auditing telephone rates, tariffs, taxes,
surcharges and other charges billed by telecommunications carriers and vendors.
The Company (i) verifies that the client pays only for the services, circuits
and equipment it actually uses and for which it has contracted; (ii) ensures
that the proper rates, tariffs, taxes and surcharges, primarily for services and
equipment, and also usage, are applied; (iii) corrects billing discrepancies;
and (iv) prepares claims and negotiates and collects refunds. Billing
verification services generate refunds of historical overcharges and reduce
costs, generally producing ongoing savings to the Company's clients. The Company
also provides optimization services to clients, whereby recommendations are made
to reduce ongoing expenses, for which the Company receives a percentage of
future savings.
SOFTWARE AND MANAGED SERVICES. The Company has developed software which
enables its clients to better understand, control and allocate their
telecommunications expenses and processes. Telecommunications expense management
software products and services are provided either on a service bureau basis
through the Company's New Jersey data center, or on a licensed basis with
ongoing services aimed at tracking, processing and allocating the
telecommunications expenses. These products and services include: (i) call
accounting services for telecommunications expense management; (ii) the
Fraud-Chek-Registered Trademark- service which curtails unauthorized employee
phone calls and abuses, which are detected automatically once predetermined
thresholds are reached, triggering an alarm call to the Company's 24 hour toll
fraud line; (iii) the EZ-TRAK-TM- reporting product which enables a client to
view its call record details, search for and sort data in order to manage call
efficiencies and costs, and produce management reports; and (iv)
Telecommunications On-Line Management Systems, a PC-based, on-line operations
management system which aids clients in more effectively managing facilities,
processes and assets, including equipment inventories and circuits, work orders
and phone and data systems expenses.
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. The Company provides clients with on-site and/or
off-site specialized operational support in a variety of tasks associated with
day-to-day telecommunications and information technologies activities, including
invoice processing, help desk, disaster recovery support, Year 2000 support,
move-add-changes, field service support, switch analyses, quality assurance and
related work.
The Company also provides technical consulting to assist clients in
designing, engineering, procuring and implementing telecommunications services,
networks, systems and equipment. Assignments generally focus on providing
technical advice regarding the choice and implementation of available systems
and services.
SERVICE CONTRACT AND REPAIR
The Company's systems are generally sold with limited warranties which
usually range from 90 days to one year. All systems contain built-in modems,
allowing Company personnel to perform diagnostic procedures and many software
upgrades and enhancements remotely. Customers may contract for extended warranty
coverage under any of several plans.
The Company maintains a customer service department consisting of a help
desk function, a field service organization and a training department. The help
desk function is staffed by professionals with specialized skills in hardware
diagnostics, software support and applications programming, who respond to
customer questions regarding software warranty claims and assist customers in
developing and debugging application programs.
A geographically dispersed field service staff is responsible for system
installation and on-site hardware maintenance, including warranty claims. To
date, warranty claims have not been significant.
5
<PAGE>
The training department provides beginning and advanced training sessions
for both customers and employees on topics such as product orientation, system
operation and programming and advanced software and technical development.
SALES AND MARKETING
MARKETS SERVED
The Company's hardware systems are sold to two principal markets: the
business systems or commercial market and the network operator market.
The business systems market is broadly defined to include organizations
which service large volumes of telephone callers on a regular basis. These
organizations are generally seeking to streamline operations, improve efficiency
and reduce costs. The Company markets systems which fall into one of three
categories: audiotex, IVR, or computer telephony integration ("CTI"). Audiotex
systems typically broadcast the same information to each caller, while IVR
systems allow callers to access or change account-specific information. CTI
systems generally apply computer intelligence to telecommunications devices to
improve the efficiency of customer service representatives by providing
telephone access and control of computer functions, and computer access and
control of telephone functions. The Company markets its products primarily to
specific industries with needs that can be easily satisfied with highly
automated solutions. The Company has principally served the call center,
education, financial services, government, health care, publishing,
telecommunications and utility markets.
Network operators purchase and install the Company's systems in or near
their central switching offices and use the Company's systems to offer what are
known as "enhanced network" or "enhanced telecommunications services" to their
subscriber base. Subscribers have access to voice messaging, voice activated
dialing, prepaid calling and other services that produce additional revenue to
the operator.
The markets for the Company's telecommunications management and managed
services include almost any public or private entity which is a substantial user
of telecommunications services.
DOMESTIC SALES
Revenues within North America amounted to $75,119,000, $71,320,000 and
$69,938,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The Company sells its systems
and services domestically primarily through a direct sales force, with
individual personnel being responsible for either a specific industry, territory
or product line. Direct sales personnel are located throughout the United
States, including the Company's offices in Canton, Massachusetts; New York City;
Heathrow, Florida; Parsippany, New Jersey; San Francisco, California, and
Wichita, Kansas.
The Company also markets its systems through companies offering integrated
systems or services for sale to end users using the Company's hardware
platforms. These companies include Advanced Computer Technology, Amarex
Technology, Digital Data Voice, Intecom, Quotient Systems, Southwestern Bell
Telecom, United States Advanced Networks and U.S. West Communications Services.
INTERNATIONAL SALES
International revenues were $44,730,000, $39,089,000 and $27,140,000, in
1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, and amounted to 37%, 35% and 28% of revenues
for such periods.
Sales outside the United States are made through a number of sources. Sales
into Europe are made by the Company's subsidiaries: BVSGL (Manchester and
Cambridge, England), Brite Voice Systems Group, GmbH (Wiesbaden, Germany), BVS
S.p.A. (Rome, Italy) and BVS A.G. (Zurich, Switzerland). Sales into Canada and
South America are made by the Company's U.S.-based sales force, and sales into
other areas of the world are made through a combination of the Company's
U.S.-based sales force, distributors and
6
<PAGE>
local agents. The Company has employees based in Dubai, United Arab Emirates;
Johannesburg, South Africa; Almelo, Netherlands; Paris, France; and Singapore,
who are responsible for sales and support to the Middle East, Africa and Asia.
The Company's European subsidiaries market systems to the same sectors of
the voice processing market as addressed in the United States. A dedicated sales
staff targets corporate users for the sale of audiotex and interactive voice
response systems. The Company concentrates its efforts on five different
vertical markets: telecommunications, home shopping, travel and transport,
finance and utilities. The Company also relies on indirect distribution of its
systems through prominent call center switch manufacturers such as Aspect,
Bosch, Ericsson and Siemens.
The Company also maintains a dedicated sales staff responsible for the sale
of systems to network operators throughout Europe, the Middle East and Africa.
The principal products sold to these markets are voice messaging, voice
activated dialing and prepaid calling. In prior years, the Company's revenues in
Europe were dependent upon a small number of customers. Beginning in 1996 and
continuing into 1997, the Company began concentrating on expanding its customer
base to lessen its dependence on relatively few customers. Nevertheless, during
1997, 68% of the sales by the Company's European subsidiaries were concentrated
in ten customers. In addition, one customer, Cellnet, represented 10% of
consolidated revenues for each of 1997 and 1996. The loss of any of these
customers could have a material impact on the Company's international revenues
and results of operations.
In late 1996, the Company concluded that it could not be competitive in the
PBX-based voice messaging business, and elected to discontinue sales of its
small voice messaging systems. The Company redirected its efforts to the sale of
audiotex and IVR systems in the belief that the European market is behind the
United States in terms of market penetration of these types of systems. The
Company believes this effort has been successful, as European sales of business
systems increased 33% from the prior year, in spite of the discontinuation of
sales of small voice messaging systems. The Company intends to continue this
focus in 1998.
The Company sells its audiotex, IVR and network products throughout the rest
of the world through its direct sales force, independent sales agents and
value-added resellers ("VARs"). Where possible, the Company uses the services of
agents and VARs in foreign markets because of their familiarity with local
markets and their knowledge of, and abilities to work within, local governmental
regulations. VARs typically purchase the Company's hardware and license the
operating software. In some instances, VARs provide additional software
programming or information packages to complete the systems. Agents used by the
Company typically receive a commission on sales made into their territories.
The Company faces a number of risks in conducting its international business
that do not affect its domestic business, including greater concentration of
business with fewer customers, longer payment cycles, greater difficulty in
accounts receivable collection and difficulty in staffing and managing foreign
subsidiary operations. Installation of the Company's products outside the United
States requires that the Company conform to local telephone and electrical
regulations. The Company has traditionally relied on its suppliers to obtain the
necessary registration in order for the Company to install products within an
individual country. There can be no assurance that these factors will not have
an adverse impact on the Company's future international sales or operating
results. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein
for additional information with respect to foreign and domestic sales and
assets.
RESEARCH AND ENGINEERING
The voice processing industry is subject to rapid technological change,
including continuing improvements in hardware and software performance. In order
to maintain its competitive position, the Company must continually release new
products and develop enhancements and new features for its existing products on
a timely basis. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
developing
7
<PAGE>
and marketing, on a timely basis, product modifications or enhancements or new
products that respond to technological advances by others, or that such new or
enhanced products or features will adequately and competitively address the
needs of the marketplace. Because of the increasing complexity of the Company's
products, these efforts can be expected to continue to increase in technical
difficulty. Moreover, the Company must manage product transitions successfully,
since announcements or introductions, or the perception that such events are
likely to occur by either the Company or its competitors, could adversely affect
sales of existing Company products.
Research and product engineering activities are conducted in Canton,
Massachusetts; Manchester, England; Heathrow, Florida; and Wichita, Kansas.
During 1997, principal activities were the development of the common
architecture known as BriteESP, including the redesign of the Company's voice
activated dialing product and the development of a new IVR product called
BriteConnect, both of which use this architecture. The Company also completed
additional enhancements to its voice messaging and prepaid calling applications.
During 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Company spent approximately $13,036,000,
$11,241,000 and $8,520,000, respectively, on research and engineering. As a
percentage of revenues, these amounts represent 10.9%, 10.2% and 8.8%,
respectively. The Company expects that to be successful, it will be required to
continue to increase its level of research and engineering expenditures in
absolute terms, and that such increases may also increase as a percentage of
sales.
MANUFACTURING
The Company's manufacturing operations consist primarily of assembly of
components, burn-in, testing and quality assurance functions, which are
performed at both its Canton, Massachusetts and Manchester, England facilities.
Limited assembly work is performed at the Company's office in Wiesbaden,
Germany.
Manufacturing is performed on only one shift, and the Company devotes less
than 25% in each of its Canton and Manchester facilities to manufacturing;
therefore, the Company believes its production facilities are adequate for the
foreseeable future.
For product standardization, quality control and volume purchasing
efficiencies, the Company has elected to purchase certain components from sole
suppliers. Although the Company historically has been able to obtain supplies of
these components in a timely manner, the interruption in supply of any of these
components could have an adverse impact on the Company's revenues and operating
results. While the Company believes that other suppliers could provide required
components in the event of an interruption in supply, a change in suppliers
could cause a delay in manufacturing and a possible loss of sales, which would
adversely affect operating results.
BACKLOG
The Company maintains an inventory of component parts which generally
enables it to assemble, test and ship most systems within two weeks of receipt
of an order. The short lead time prior to shipment of systems generally results
in a minimal backlog of systems orders. As of December 31, 1997, the Company and
its subsidiaries had a systems backlog of $39,900,000, compared to $17,900,000
as of December 31, 1996, and $11,600,000 as of December 31, 1995. All of the
backlog at December 31, 1997 is scheduled to be shipped in 1998. There can be no
assurance that any such orders will not be canceled or rescheduled. Because of
the possibility of customer changes in delivery schedules or cancellation of
orders, the Company's backlog as of any particular date may not be indicative of
actual revenues for any future period.
Because of the short length of its contracts for many of its services, and
the contingencies related to valuation of its billing verification contracts,
the Company has not historically valued its backlog of service revenues.
8
<PAGE>
COMPETITION
The market for voice processing systems is highly competitive and includes
numerous suppliers of hardware and software of varying specifications. The
Company's competition includes a number of companies for whom voice processing
systems are their primary business, including Comverse Technology, Edify,
InterVoice, Periphonics and Syntellect, and other voice processing system
manufacturers. In addition, the Company competes with larger companies, such as
Digital, Glenayre, IBM and Lucent Technologies, for whom voice processing is a
small portion of their overall business. Because there are no significant
technological barriers to entry into these markets, many small companies also
offer competing products. In addition, as the Company's markets continue to
grow, increasing numbers of applications will be introduced by existing and new
competition.
The Company believes that the principal factors affecting competition in the
market for voice processing systems are ease of use, flexibility, reliability,
overall technical performance, price and customer service, and that the Company
competes favorably as to these factors.
The market for telecommunications management services such as those provided
by the Company is extremely fragmented, and competitors range from small
start-up companies who compete on a local basis, to large, nationally-known
firms such as AT&T, Electronic Data Systems and IBM. The Company competes with
the small local companies on the basis of its well recognized client base,
general reputation, credibility with telecommunications vendors and proven
methodology. The Company believes these factors enable it to compete effectively
against these competitors. Large firms such as AT&T, Electronic Data Systems and
IBM often attempt to capture an organization's entire telecommunications-related
activities. The Company, on the other hand, limits its products and services to
those in which it has particular expertise, and believes that its software
resources and the abilities of its personnel enable it to compete favorably with
these companies.
The Company expects that additional competition will develop, and such
competition may include large companies with substantially greater financial,
marketing and technical resources than those available to the Company. Such
competition could adversely affect the revenues and operating results of the
Company.
SOFTWARE PROTECTION, SERVICE MARKS AND PATENTS
The Company regards its software as proprietary and has implemented measures
of both a legal and practical nature to ensure that the software retains that
status. The Company derives considerable practical protection for its software
by licensing only the object code to customers and keeping the source code
confidential. In addition, by licensing the software rather than transferring
title, the Company in most cases has been able to incorporate restrictions in
licensing agreements which impose limitations on disclosure and transferability
of the software. No determination has yet been made, however, as to the legal or
practical enforceability of these restrictions or the extent of customer
liability for violations.
Like many other companies in the industry, the Company does not have patent
protection for its software. However, protection against unauthorized copying of
the source and object code portions of the software is sought through reliance
upon copyright laws. Despite these protections, competitors may be able to copy
aspects of the Company's products or to obtain information which the Company
regards as trade secret.
9
<PAGE>
The Company has periodically received, and may receive in the future,
communications from third parties asserting patent rights or copyrights on
certain of the Company's products and product features. The Company believes
that its products and other proprietary rights do not infringe the proprietary
rights of third parties. There can be no assurance, however, that third parties
will not assert infringement claims against the Company in the future, or that
any such claims will not require the Company to enter into license arrangements
or result in protracted and costly litigation, regardless of the merits of such
claims. There also can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain
licenses to disputed third party technology or that such licenses, if available,
would be available on commercially reasonable terms.
The Company has registered with the United States Patent and Trademark
Office trademarks on Brite & Design, CityLine, TeleCare, VoiceSelect, Cellular
Information Network, Voice Directories, Real Estate Hotline, TeleRent,
TeleSchool, BriteMail, Value Added Classifieds, BriteFax, BriteDebit,
BriteConnect, AppConnect, M-Cubed, Perception, Fraud-Chek, Write-1, Giving Voice
to Information, and Bringing People and Information Together.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The executive officers of the Company, their ages and the period during
which each has served in his present office are as follows:
David S. Gergacz (48) joined the Company in December 1996 as President and
Chief Executive Officer and was named to the additional position of Chairman of
the Board in January 1998. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Gergacz served as
president and chief executive officer of Cincinnati Bell Telephone from
September 1995 to October 1996. From April 1993 to August 1995 he was president
and chief executive officer of Rogers Cantel Communications, Canada's leading
provider of wireless communications, cable television, long distance, publishing
and television and radio. From 1991 to 1993 he served as president and chief
executive officer of Boston Technology. He has also held many management
positions with companies in the telecommunications industry, including Sprint,
Bell Laboratories, AT&T and NYNEX. Mr. Gergacz has been a member of Brite's
board of directors since 1994.
Gerald V. Butler (57) has served as Senior Vice President of Worldwide
Operations since April 1997 and, as Executive Vice President of Engineering and
Worldwide Operations from May 1996 to April 1997. Mr. Butler joined the Company
in November 1994 as Senior Vice President at the Company's Canton facility. From
1992 until joining the Company in 1994, Mr. Butler operated Business Basics, a
project and data management consulting service. Mr. Butler served as president
of the systems integration business unit of Prime/Computervision from 1988 to
1992, as president and chief executive officer of Culler Scientific from 1984 to
1988, and as vice president of computer special systems at Digital Equipment
Corp. from 1979 to 1984.
Garrett Digman (49) became Vice President of Marketing in October 1997. From
May 1995 until joining Brite, he served as president of Kinetic Technologies, a
telecommunications consulting firm specializing in development of the
infrastructure for PCS deployment. From 1992 to 1995, Mr. Digman was General
Manager of North American Operations for GPT Video Systems.
Glenn A. Etherington (43) has served as Chief Financial Officer of the
Company since August 1988. He was treasurer from August 1988 until August 1993,
and has been secretary since August 1993. From April 1984 until joining the
Company, he served in various capacities including vice president of finance,
controller and treasurer of American City Business Journals, Inc., a publisher
of weekly business newspapers. Mr. Etherington is a certified public accountant.
Victoria C. Farris (41) has served as Vice President of Finance and
Treasurer since September 1995. From 1988 until 1995 she was general manager of
Sun Publications in Overland Park, Kansas, a publisher of community newspapers.
From 1985 until 1988, she was controller of American City Business Journals, a
publisher of weekly business newspapers. Ms. Farris is a certified public
accountant.
10
<PAGE>
Stuart Hallam (51) joined the Company as Chief Executive Officer for Europe
in 1995 and in 1997 assumed additional responsibilities for the Middle East and
Africa. Mr. Hallam previously served as the United Kingdom's managing director
of the Large Systems division of Alcatel Business Systems Group from January
1994 until joining Brite. Prior to Alcatel, Mr. Hallam held senior positions
with GPT, a Siemens/GEC company (formerly Plessey) from March 1993 to January
1994, and Phillips Business Communications, where he was managing director.
Christine King (53) joined the Company in April 1997 as Senior Vice
President of Product Development and Program Management. She has over 20 years
of international experience in the management of large telecommunications
programs, most recently with Rogers Cantel, Canada's national cellular service
provider, from April 1994 to April 1997. From 1992 to February 1994, she served
as vice president of program management for Boston Technology.
Sam Kline (48) joined the Company in April 1997 as Senior Vice President of
Engineering and Software Development. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Kline
served as vice president of business development for Science Applications
International Corporation from March 1996 to March 1997 and as president of
Frakir Telcom Consulting from February 1993 to March 1996. Prior to 1993, Mr.
Kline held various engineering and management positions at New England
Telephone, GTE's Atlantic Operation and Boston Technology.
Brian Klumpp (57) was named Senior Vice President of Human Resources and
Corporate Communications for the Company in March 1997. Prior to joining Brite,
Mr. Klumpp served as chief executive officer and chairman of AWPI, a high
technology water purifying company from December 1993 to 1997 and chief
executive officer and chairman of Pawnee Industries, a diversified manufacturer
of plastics from 1988 to 1993.
Scott A. Maltz (41) became Vice President/General Manager of the Company's
TSL Division in April 1997. Mr. Maltz was appointed Executive Vice President of
Strategy and Business Development in June 1996, having served as Vice President
and a Director of the Company since August 1995, immediately following the
Company's acquisition of the TSL Companies. Mr. Maltz was a co-founder of TSL
(West) in 1989 and served as its president until the merger. Prior to joining
TSL, Mr. Maltz was employed by Bain & Company, a management consulting firm
where he consulted with clients in the telecommunications, financial services
and personal computer industries.
Ray S. Naeini (47) joined the Company in December 1995 as Vice President of
Advanced Technologies and now serves as Vice President/General Manager of
Network Products. Mr. Naeini has 22 years of experience in the
telecommunications, voice processing and the computer industry, most recently
with Intellicall from 1991 to December 1995, and has held various senior
business executive and chief technology positions with Northern Telecom, Bell
Northern Research, Honeywell and Network Assess Corp.
Donald R. Walsh (61) joined the Company as Executive Vice President in
August 1990 and became Executive Vice President of Business Systems in January
1998. From 1987 to August 1990, he served as president of the Information
Services subsidiary of Philadelphia Suburban Corporation. Prior to 1987 he was
employed by IBM, where he held several management positions, primarily relating
to sales and marketing.
The Company's executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion
of, the Board of Directors.
11
<PAGE>
EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 1997, the Company and its subsidiaries had 681 employees,
of which 646 were full-time employees. Of the full-time employees, there were
411 located in the United States, and 235 located in either Europe, the Middle
East, Africa or Singapore.
The Company believes that future growth is dependent in large part on its
ability to attract and retain key management, technical and sales personnel. The
Company has never had a work stoppage, no employees are represented by a labor
organization and the Company considers its employee relations to be good.
12
<PAGE>
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
The Company owns its building in Wichita, Kansas, which contains 40,000
square feet and houses its network products research and engineering staff.
Other facilities are leased by either the Company or, in foreign countries,
certain of its subsidiaries, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LOCATION SQUARE FEET USE LEASE EXPIRES
- ---------------------------- ----------- -------------------------------------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Heathrow, Florida 31,083 corporate headquarters housing administrative, May 2002
sales and marketing activities
Heathrow, Florida 33,107 engineering and customer support activities May 2003
Canton, Massachusetts 42,600 administrative, research and engineering, and March 2003
manufacturing facilities
New York, New York 10,000 office space which serves as primary base of August 2006
operations for East Coast telecommunications
management services
Parsippany, New Jersey 8,500 certain data processing operations November 2002
San Francisco, California 4,000 office space for the Company's West Coast December 1999
telecommunications management services
Manchester, England 27,000 administrative, engineering and manufacturing December 2002
facilities, and the sales and marketing
departments of BVSGL
Cambridge, England 10,200 administrative offices September 2001
Wiesbaden, Germany 5,500 office space for administrative and sales staff September 2001
Rome, Italy 700 office space for administrative and sales staff March 2001
Glattbrugg, Switzerland 2,500 office space for administrative and sales staff September 1999
Singapore 1,350 office space for administrative and sales staff January 1999
</TABLE>
The Company maintains regional sales and support offices in North Olmsted,
Ohio; Newington, Connecticut; Orange, Connecticut; Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania;
Framingham, Massachusetts; Allendale, Michigan; Temecula, California; Gold
River, California; New Brighton, Minnesota; Woodstock, Georgia; Winston-Salem,
North Carolina; Charlotte, North Carolina; Carrollton, Texas; Plano, Texas; and
Denton, Texas. These facilities are generally subject to short-term leases of
one year or less.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company is subject to claims and litigation from time to time arising in
the normal operation of its business. Management believes that the ultimate
resolution of any pending claim will not result in any material loss to the
Company.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
No information is required in response to this Item, as no matter was
submitted to a vote of the registrant's security holders during the fourth
quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.
13
<PAGE>
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The Company's common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the
symbol BVSI. Prices per share reflected in the following table represent the
range of high and low sales prices reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market for the
quarters indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HIGH LOW
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
1997
March 31................................................................. $ 18.00 $ 10.50
June 30.................................................................. 10.88 6.75
September 30............................................................. 11.63 7.00
December 31.............................................................. 12.25 8.38
1996
March 31................................................................. $ 19.00 $ 10.50
June 30.................................................................. 27.38 17.38
September 30............................................................. 22.50 10.63
December 31.............................................................. 16.38 10.88
</TABLE>
Since becoming a public company in 1989, the Company has not paid cash
dividends on its common stock, and does not plan to pay cash dividends to its
stockholders in the near future. The Company is not bound by any contractual
terms that prohibit or restrict the payment of dividends; however, the Company
presently intends to retain its earnings to finance future growth of its
business.
As of February 20, 1998, the Company had 461 stockholders of record,
excluding individual participants in security position listings.
On December 12, 1997, the Company and AT&T Corp. ("AT&T") entered into a
Purchase Agreement pursuant to which AT&T will purchase from the Company certain
telecommunications products, software and services over a period of up to four
years. As partial consideration for the Agreement, AT&T acquired a warrant to
purchase up to 1,400,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise
price of $11.00 per share, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances.
The warrant was issued in a transaction negotiated by the Company and AT&T and
is believed to be exempt from the registration provisions of the Securities Act
of 1933 under Section 4(2) thereof.
14
<PAGE>
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table contains certain selected financial data which should be
read in conjunction with the Company's financial statements and notes thereto
and with Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations. The selected financial data have been derived from the financial
statements of the Company audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public
accountants, except for the balance sheet and statement of operations data as of
and for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993. The balance sheet and
statement of operations data as of and for the years ended December 31, 1994 and
1993 have been restated by the Company to reflect the TSL Merger, and are
derived from the financial statements of the Company audited by Arthur Andersen
LLP and the financial statements of the TSL Companies as of and for the years
ended December 31, 1994 and 1993, audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
accountants.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------
1997 1996 1995 1994 1993
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues................................................ $ 119,849 $ 110,409 $ 97,078 $ 79,940 $ 56,412
Operating income (loss)................................. (8,584) 11,699 5,708 6,005 (1,606)
Net income (loss)....................................... 11,682 8,555 3,950 4,425 (1,303)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share....................... .97 .71 .33 .38 (.12)
Weighted average shares used in computation............. 12,068 12,127 11,922 11,526 11,068
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital......................................... $ 51,046 $ 37,558 $ 26,934 $ 23,772 $ 20,918
Total assets............................................ 105,030 74,882 58,832 51,888 41,328
Long term debt.......................................... -- -- -- -- 1,040
Stockholders' equity.................................... 70,114 54,181 40,446 35,547 29,655
</TABLE>
The 1997 results included a pre-tax gain of $29,091,000 relating to the sale
of the Company's electronic publishing business, which was consummated on
October 30, 1997, and restructuring, relocation and reengineering charges of
$10,980,000. The 1995 results include costs associated with the acquisition of
the TSL Companies of $8,670,000.
15
<PAGE>
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
From time to time, information provided by the Company, statements made by
its employees or information included in its filings with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, including this Form 10-K report, may contain certain
"forward-looking" information, as that term is defined by the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the "Act"). The words "expects," "anticipates,"
"believes" and similar words generally signify a "forward-looking" statement.
These forward-looking statements are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions
of the Act. The reader is cautioned that all forward-looking statements are
necessarily speculative and that there are certain risks and uncertainties that
could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those referred to
in such forward-looking statements. Such risks and uncertainties include those
inherent generally in the voice processing and telecommunications consulting
industries, such as product demand, pricing, market acceptance, reliance on
significant customers, intellectual property rights, risks in product and
technology developments, and other risk factors detailed in the section below
entitled "Certain Factors to be Considered". The Company undertakes no
obligation to publicly revise any forward-looking statement due to changes in
circumstances after the date of this report, or to reflect the occurrence of
unanticipated events.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The Company derives revenue from the sale of voice processing and call
processing systems to domestic and international customers and the provision of
services related to the operation of these systems, as well as the provision of
telecommunications management services. The Company's systems products can be
divided into two categories: those that increase its customers' revenues through
increased subscription or user fees ("network systems"), and those that reduce
customers' costs or improve the efficiency of services provided to end user
customers ("business systems").
Total revenues increased $9,440,000, or 8.6%, in 1997 and increased
$13,331,000, or 13.7%, in 1996. The increase in 1997 was due primarily to
increased system sales to new and existing customers, as well as increases in
managed services and service contract and repair revenue. The increase in 1996
was due primarily to increased system sales as well as an increase in service
contract and repair revenue, offset by a decrease in managed services.
Systems revenues increased $5,364,000, or 8.4%, for the year ended December
31, 1997 and increased $11,283,000, or 21.4%, for the year ended December 31,
1996. Network systems revenues increased while business systems revenues
decreased as shown in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SYSTEMS REVENUES % INCREASE (DECREASE)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------------- --------------------------
1997 1996 1995 1997 1996
------------ ------------ ------------ ------ -----
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Business Systems.......................................... $ 22,948 $ 27,480 $ 23,647 (16.5)% 16.2%
Network Systems........................................... 46,396 36,500 29,050 27.1% 25.6%
------------ ------------ ------------
Total..................................................... $ 69,344 $ 63,980 $ 52,697 8.4% 21.4%
------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
Business systems revenue consists principally of sales of interactive voice
response ("IVR"), audiotex or electronic publishing, and small voice messaging
systems for use in conjunction with a corporation's PBX. The decrease of
$4,532,000, or 16.5%, for the year ended December 31, 1997 was primarily due to
a reduction in the number of systems shipped to new and existing customers. The
Company believes this decline is primarily due to delays in purchasing upgrades
by existing customers for the Company's IVR equipment, the discontinuation of
sales of small voice messaging systems during late 1996, and to a decline
16
<PAGE>
in sales of the Company's audiotex systems. The Company believes that many of
its audiotex customers have shifted their emphasis from audiotex to Internet or
other on-line systems and services, and that future sales of audiotex systems
will become increasingly more difficult to obtain. The Company's decision to
discontinue sales of its customer premises voice messaging systems was based
primarily upon the Company's small market share for this type of system and the
increasing cost of remaining competitive in the voice messaging marketplace. The
Company has elected to concentrate its efforts on the IVR and CTI markets, which
the Company believes have the best potential for future growth in both the
domestic and international marketplace. The increase of $3,833,000, or 16.2%,
for the year ended December 31, 1996 was primarily due to continued expansion of
the voice processing market as these types of systems have become a more
accepted means of disseminating information to callers.
Network systems revenues, consisting of sales of network-based voice
messaging systems, voice activated dialing and prepaid calling systems,
increased $9,896,000, or 27.1%, for the year ended December 31, 1997 and
$7,450,000, or 25.6%, for the year ended December 31, 1996. These increases are
due primarily to continued purchases by existing customers, as well as expansion
of the Company's customer base in the European and Pacific Rim markets. The
Company believes that international markets are behind the United States in
terms of market penetration of voice processing systems and intends to devote
additional resources to exploit these markets.
The Company's systems sales are dependent upon continued orders by existing
customers, orders from new customers and development of new products. There can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to increase or maintain its market
share in the future or to sustain recent growth rates.
Services revenues increased $4,076,000, or 8.8%, for the year ended December
31, 1997 and increased $2,048,000, or 4.6%, for the year ended December 31,
1996, principally due to increased service contract and repair revenues. The
breakdown of services revenues is shown in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SERVICES REVENUES % INCREASE (DECREASE)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------------- --------------------------
1997 1996 1995 1997 1996
------------ ------------ ------------ ------ ------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Telecommunication management services..................... $ 16,476 $ 16,243 $ 15,791 1.4% 2.9%
Service contract and repair............................... 15,343 13,407 11,065 14.4% 21.2%
Managed services.......................................... 13,769 11,058 12,280 24.5% (10.0)%
Information services...................................... 4,917 5,721 5,245 (14.1)% 9.1%
------------ ------------ ------------
Total..................................................... $ 50,505 $ 46,429 $ 44,381 8.8% 4.6%
------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
Telecommunications management services consists of three principal products:
software and managed services, professional services and billing verification
services. Revenues increased $233,000, or 1.4%, for the year ended December 31,
1997 and $452,000, or 2.9%, for the year ended December 31, 1996. Software and
managed services revenues increased by $2,098,000, or 44.3%, for the year ended
December 31, 1997, and $1,463,000, or 44.7%, for the year ended December 31,
1996, primarily due to an increase in the number of customers utilizing the
Company's software services. Professional services revenues increased
$1,112,000, or 23.4%, for the year ended December 31, 1997 and decreased
$461,000, or 8.9%, for the year ended December 31, 1996. Professional services
increased in 1997 due primarily to the greater focus on providing operations
management. Billing verification revenues decreased $2,977,000, or 44.1%, for
the year ended December 31, 1997, and $550,000, or 7.5%, for the year ended
December 31, 1996. The Company's billing verification revenues are characterized
by a small number of large refunds, the timing of which is difficult to predict.
The decline in revenues for 1997 and 1996 reflect the lack of large refunds
similar to those received during 1995. Because these large refunds have
relatively low incremental costs of sale, the presence or absence of such
refunds has a significant affect on the Company's financial
17
<PAGE>
performance. The Company continues to pursue large billing verification
contracts, but is unable to predict the success of its efforts in this area. The
Company is currently evaluating the strategic significance of its
telecommunications management business, and because of the inconsistent results
experienced during the last twelve months, may choose to sell or otherwise
dispose of all or a portion of this business.
Service contract and repair revenue increased $1,936,000, or 14.4%, for the
year ended December 31, 1997 and $2,342,000, or 21.2%, for the year ended
December 31, 1996. The increases are due primarily to an increase in the
installed base of customers who subscribe to quarterly or annual maintenance
contracts.
Managed services revenues have consisted of the following products or
service lines during the three years ended December 31, 1997:
- Person-to-Person voice personals
- 900 voice personals
- Electronic publishing services
- TeleRent
- Enhanced network services
The fluctuations in revenue are primarily the result of the discontinuation
of the Person-to-Person product at the end of the third quarter in 1995 and the
sale of the "900 voice personals" product line in July 1996. As a result of the
sale of its electronic publishing and information services business on October
30, 1997, managed services in 1998 will consist primarily of TeleRent services
and enhanced network services.
Information services revenue decreased $804,000, or 14.1%, for the year
ended December 31, 1997 compared to an increase of $476,000, or 9.1%, for the
year ended December 31, 1996. Information services revenue was minimal during
the fourth quarter of 1997 due to the sale of certain of the assets of the
electronic publishing business which was consummated on October 30, 1997. The
Company will record no revenue from information services in 1998.
Cost of systems sales increased $4,278,000, or 15.4%, for the year ended
December 31, 1997 and $4,920,000, or 21.6%, for the year ended December 31,
1996. As a percentage of systems sales, actual costs increased to 46.2% in 1997,
compared to 43.3% for both 1996 and 1995. Actual costs increased due primarily
to an increase in the number of systems shipped by the Company. The increases as
a percentage of revenues are due primarily to an increase in pass-through sales,
a decline in software content and a greater presence of international sales,
which have historically had lower gross margins than domestic sales.
Cost of services increased $4,893,000, or 20.5%, for the year ended December
31, 1997 and $1,622,000, or 7.3%, for the year ended December 31, 1996. As a
percentage of services revenues, costs increased to 57.0% in 1997, compared to
51.4% in 1996 and 50.1% in 1995. These increases were due primarily to an
expansion of the infrastructure of the telecommunications management services
business. The decline in margins was due principally to a shift in the revenue
mix from predominantly billing verification revenue to lower margin software and
managed services and professional services revenue.
Research and engineering expenses increased $1,795,000, or 16.0%, for the
year ended December 31, 1997 and $2,721,000, or 31.9%, for the year ended
December 31, 1996. The increases in expenditures are due to an increase in staff
dedicated to designing new products and enhancing existing products. As a
percentage of revenue, these expenses increased to 10.9% in 1997, compared to
10.2% in 1996 and 8.8% in 1995. The Company's annual expense budgeting is based
upon projected resources needed to support anticipated revenues during future
periods, and is relatively fixed in the short term. As a result, expenditures as
a percentage of revenue may be impacted by short-term revenue fluctuations. The
Company believes that it must continue to increase spending on research and
engineering activities in absolute terms
18
<PAGE>
in order to remain competitive in the voice processing market. Such expenses
could continue to increase as a percentage of revenues as well.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $7,777,000, or 21.7%,
for the year ended December 31, 1997 and $6,707,000, or 23.0%, for the year
ended December 31, 1996. The increases in expenditures during both periods are
primarily the result of actions taken throughout 1996 to increase sales and
marketing activities in Europe, including the expansion of the European sales
and marketing staff, the addition of offices in France and the Netherlands, and
the relocation of the Company's Manchester, England facility in October 1996.
Expenditures related to these activities affected expense levels for all of 1997
compared to only a portion of the year during 1996. As a percentage of revenues,
these expenses increased to 36.4% in 1997, compared to 32.5% in 1996 and 30.0%
in 1995. The Company is continuing to expand its international and domestic
sales and marketing efforts.
The Company has recorded charges of $10,980,000 for the year ended December
31, 1997, related to the restructuring of the Company's operations and the
relocation of its headquarters to Heathrow, Florida. Included in the charge was
approximately $3,327,000 in asset impairments as a result of the Company's
decision to discontinue certain product lines and abandon certain assets, and
the reevaluation of the net realizable value of certain intangible assets. The
Company also recorded severance costs of approximately $1,614,000 relating to
the elimination of certain product lines, the closing of its Dallas, Texas
facility and the transfer of certain functions from its facilities in Wichita,
Kansas and Canton, Massachusetts to its new headquarters in Heathrow. Concurrent
with the restructuring, the Company initiated a process reengineering effort
which led to the selection and commencement of implementation of certain new
management information systems for which the Company has recorded charges of
approximately $2,718,000. Additionally, costs consisting principally of moving
expenses, temporary labor and travel amounted to approximately $3,321,000 during
the year ended December 31, 1997.
The effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 1997 was
42.4%, compared to 27.9% in 1996 and 35.9% in 1995. The variances from the
expected combined statutory rate for 1997 is due primarily to the provision for
state income taxes and utilization of certain credit carryforwards. The variance
from the expected combined statutory rate in 1996 and 1995 was primarily due to
a reduction of the Company's deferred tax valuation allowance, and utilization
of net operating losses and credit carryforwards acquired through the Company's
1993 merger with Perception Technology Corporation.
On October 30, 1997, the Company consummated the sale of certain assets used
in its electronic publishing business for $35,000,000 in cash. The business sold
includes: i) the management of audiotex systems installed on customers'
premises; ii) the creation and transmission by satellite of information for
access by telephone callers; iii) the creation and provision of a variety of
information for yellow pages publishers over the Internet; iv) the sale of
advertising sponsorships to various categories of audiotex information made
available through yellow pages publishers' audiotex systems; and v) advertiser
management services provided on behalf of yellow pages publishers whereby
advertising entities are contacted from an outbound call center for periodic
updating of their audiotex sponsorships and advertisements.
The Company elected to sell this business because it believed that, while
profitable, the growth prospects for electronic publishing were limited.
Further, the Company intends to focus on fewer, but larger market opportunities
in the voice processing industry. Finally, the Company was able to use the
proceeds to retire all of its short-term debt and significantly increase working
capital and stockholders' equity. Revenues associated with this business were
$11,200,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997, and are included under
services revenues in the accompanying financial statements.
CERTAIN FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED
The Company has historically operated with very little backlog. There are no
long-term supply agreements with customers and, as a result, revenues in any
quarter are dependent upon orders that are received and shipped during the
quarter. Further, a large percentage of any quarter's system shipments are
19
<PAGE>
recorded in the last month of the quarter. Consequently, quarterly revenues and
operating results will depend on the volume and timing of new orders received
during a quarter, which are difficult to predict. Failure to receive adequate
amounts of new orders could adversely affect revenues and operating results, and
such shortfalls may not be known until very late in any quarter.
The Company faces a number of risks in conducting its international business
that do not affect its domestic business, including greater concentration of
business with fewer customers, longer payment cycles, greater difficulty in
accounts receivable collection and difficulty in staffing and managing foreign
subsidiary operations. Installation of the Company's products outside the United
States requires that the Company conform to local telephone and electrical
regulations. The Company has traditionally relied on its suppliers to obtain the
necessary registrations in order for the Company to install products within
specific countries. There can be no assurance that these factors will not have
an adverse impact on the Company's future international sales or operating
results.
The voice processing industry is subject to rapid technological change,
including continuing improvements in hardware and software performance. In order
to maintain its competitive position, the Company must continually release new
products and develop enhancements and new features for its existing products on
a timely basis. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
developing and marketing, on a timely basis, product modifications or
enhancements, or new products that respond to technological advances by others,
or that such new or enhanced products or features will adequately and
competitively address the needs of the marketplace. Because of the increasing
complexity of the Company's products, these efforts can be expected to continue
to increase in technical difficulty. Moreover, the Company must manage product
transitions successfully, since announcements or introductions, or the
perception that such events are likely to occur, by either the Company or its
competitors, could adversely affect sales of existing products.
On December 18, 1997, the Company announced that it had signed an agreement
with AT&T Corp. to provide enhanced telecommunications products. The initial
order under this contract was for approximately $25 million, and represents the
largest single contract in the Company's history. Fulfillment of this contract
is expected to begin during the second quarter of 1998 and will require
extensive software development, integration and testing. The success of this
project is largely dependent upon the Company's ability to hire and retain the
personnel necessary to complete the development. The contract provides for
substantial financial penalties in the event that the product is not timely
delivered, causes a network outage or fails to meet service availability
requirements. Therefore, the failure of the Company to fulfill its obligations
under this contract would be expected to materially and adversely affect the
Company's operating results and financial condition. Further, the magnitude of
the development required may preclude the Company from completing other
development activities that may be planned.
The Company is in the process of developing a plan to identify and resolve
all of the Company's issues relating to the "Millennium Bug". This issue arises
because of date sensitive software programs which use two digits to define the
applicable year, resulting in interpretation of a date using "00" as the year
1900 rather than 2000. This could result in miscalculations or a major system
failure.
This issue affects the Company's internal information systems and could
impact software systems sold and delivered to customers. During 1997, the
Company began the conversion of its accounting, inventory, manufacturing control
and human resources systems to a "Year 2000" compliant system. The Company
anticipates that this process will be completed during 1998. Concurrently, the
Company will conduct a review of all of its software systems and products
provided to customers to determine what impact this issue will have on products
currently being produced, as well as those systems that have been sold during
the last several years. The Company believes that the products it sells will not
require significant modification in order to become Year 2000 compliant and that
the costs to do so will not be material. However, if such modifications and
conversions are not made, or not completed in a timely manner, this issue could
materially and adversely affect the Company's operating results and financial
condition.
20
<PAGE>
On October 30, 1997, the Company sold certain assets used in its electronic
publishing business because the Company believed that the potential revenue and
earnings growth in this business was smaller than for other opportunities
available to the Company. The electronic publishing business represented a large
part of the Company's earnings in 1996 and 1997, and because the business sold
was primarily recurring service revenues, was much more predictable than many of
the other businesses in which the Company engages. The Company has elected to
focus on the CTI/IVR and enhanced network services markets which, while offering
more growth potential, also subject the Company to greater volatility and
unpredictability in the Company's operating results.
The Company's success is largely dependent upon its ability to attract and
retain qualified employees, especially technical employees and executives. There
exists substantial competition for highly qualified personnel and there can be
no assurance that the Company will be successful in hiring and retaining the
required personnel. The Company has experienced some attrition in its work force
as a result of the relocation of its headquarters to Heathrow.
For quality control, ease of development and purchasing efficiencies, the
Company has elected to purchase components from one supplier. Although the
Company has been able to obtain supplies of these components in a timely manner,
the interruption in supply of any of these components could have an adverse
impact on the Company's revenues and operating results. While the Company
believes that other suppliers could provide required components in the event of
an interruption in supply, a change in suppliers could cause a delay in
manufacturing and a possible loss of sales, which would adversely affect
operating results.
The Company has periodically received, and may receive in the future,
communications from third parties asserting patent rights or copyrights on
certain of the Company's products and product features. The Company believes
that its products and other proprietary rights do not infringe the proprietary
rights of third parties. There can be no assurance, however, that third parties
will not assert infringement claims against the Company in the future, or that
any such claims will not require the Company to enter into license arrangements
or result in protracted and costly litigation, regardless of the merits of such
claims. There also can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain
licenses to disputed third party technology or that such licenses, if available,
would be available on commercially reasonable terms.
The market for the Company's stock is highly volatile. Any variance in
operating results from analysts' expectations or changes in estimated results by
industry analysts could have an adverse affect on the trading price of the
Company's common stock in a given period. Furthermore, in recent years the
market prices of securities of many high technology companies have experienced
extreme fluctuations, in many cases for reasons unrelated to the operating
performance of the specific companies. These broad market fluctuations may
adversely affect the market price of the Company's common stock.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
As of December 31, 1997, the Company had a current ratio of 2.5 to 1, and
working capital of $51,046,000, compared to a current ratio of 2.8 to 1 and
working capital of $37,558,000 at December 31, 1996.
Cash flows from operating activities utilized net cash of $10,181,000 for
the year ended December 31, 1997, principally due to the restructuring,
relocation and reengineering activities undertaken during the year, and
increases in accounts receivable and inventory. The increase in accounts
receivable was due to a greater proportion of sales to international customers,
which typically have longer payment and collection cycles. The increase in
inventory was primarily due to an increase in purchased parts in anticipation of
increased system sales. These activities were funded primarily through
borrowings against the Company's bank line of credit.
21
<PAGE>
On October 30, 1997, the Company consummated the sale of certain assets of
its electronic publishing division. Proceeds from the sale were $35,000,000, a
portion of which was used to retire the short-term borrowings under the
Company's line of credit. The remainder of the funds was added to working
capital and will be used for general corporate purposes. The Company also
received an initial payment of $9,000,000 under a contract entered into with
AT&T in late 1997. As a result of these transactions, the Company's cash and
cash equivalents increased from $8,084,000 at December 31, 1996, to $26,979,000
at December 31, 1997.
The Company regularly invests excess funds in short-term securities, such as
bankers' acceptances, government obligations and variable rate demand notes,
having maturities up to one year. Management believes that restricting
investments to these types of securities maximizes financial flexibility and
minimizes exposure to interest rate and market risks. The Company utilizes these
investments as a source of liquidity, to the extent that cash requirements
exceed short-term cash receipts.
The Company maintains a $10,000,000 unsecured line of credit that is used
from time to time to fund short-term cash requirements. There were no borrowings
outstanding under the line as of December 31, 1997.
In February 1998, the Company signed a lease for 33,107 square feet of
office space located at 701 International Parkway, Heathrow, Florida. The lease
commences on April 1, 1998 and expires on May 31, 2003. Annualized lease
payments will be approximately $630,000. The Company has no other significant
capital commitments not reflected in the accompanying financial statements and
believes that current working capital, funds provided from future operations,
and its current line of credit will be sufficient to fund the Company's capital
requirements for at least the next twelve months.
INFLATION
Inflation has not had a material impact on the Company's results of
operations. Because of the competitive nature of the computer industry, the
costs of parts used in the Company's products have remained relatively stable.
However, should inflation rise to higher levels, the Company believes that such
inflationary costs would be passed on to customers by both the Company and its
competition.
22
<PAGE>
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants.................................................................. 24
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996.............................................. 25
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995........................................................................ 26
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the
Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995............................................................ 27
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995........................................................................ 28
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................................................ 29
Supplemental Schedules:
Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.......................................................... 40
</TABLE>
Note: Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information
required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is included in the
Financial Statements or notes thereto.
23
<PAGE>
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors of
Brite Voice Systems, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Brite Voice
Systems, Inc., (a Kansas corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997
and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders'
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1997. These financial statements and the schedule referred to below are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly in
all material respects, the financial position of Brite Voice Systems, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in the index to the
financial statements is presented for purposes of complying with the Securities
and Exchange Commission's rules and is not a required part of the basic
financial statements. This information has been subjected to the auditing
procedures applied in our audit of the basic financial statements and, in our
opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the financial
statements taken as a whole.
Arthur Andersen LLP
Kansas City, Missouri,
February 10, 1998
24
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996
ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
---------- ----------
(IN THOUSANDS,
EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents............................................................... $ 26,979 $ 8,084
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts:
1997--$1,366; 1996--$471.............................................................. 36,457 35,067
Inventories (Note 4).................................................................... 13,788 12,507
Prepaid expenses and other (Note 7)..................................................... 8,738 2,601
---------- ----------
Total Current Assets.................................................................. 85,962 58,259
---------- ----------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Land, building and improvements......................................................... 3,074 3,074
Furniture and equipment................................................................. 17,319 23,430
---------- ----------
20,393 26,504
Less accumulated depreciation........................................................... (7,163) (12,204)
---------- ----------
13,230 14,300
---------- ----------
OTHER ASSETS (Note 3)..................................................................... 5,838 2,323
---------- ----------
TOTAL ASSETS.......................................................................... $ 105,030 $ 74,882
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable........................................................................ $ 10,552 $ 10,539
Accrued salaries and wages.............................................................. 2,975 1,974
Other accrued expenses.................................................................. 3,578 1,512
Deferred revenue........................................................................ 5,022 2,063
Customer deposits....................................................................... 11,530 3,526
Income taxes payable.................................................................... 1,259 1,087
---------- ----------
Total Current Liabilities............................................................. 34,916 20,701
---------- ----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 6 and 10)............................................ -- --
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 8)
Preferred stock, no par value; authorized 10,000,000 shares; none outstanding........... -- --
Common stock, no par value; authorized 30,000,000 shares; outstanding 1997--12,032,280
shares; 1996--11,829,595 shares....................................................... 43,714 38,417
Retained earnings....................................................................... 26,620 14,938
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment...................................... (220) 826
---------- ----------
Total Stockholders' Equity............................................................ 70,114 54,181
---------- ----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.......................................... $ 105,030 $ 74,882
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
See Notes to Financial Statements
25
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES
Systems............................... $ 69,344 $ 63,980 $ 52,697
Services.............................. 50,505 46,429 44,381
---------- ---------- ----------
119,849 110,409 97,078
---------- ---------- ----------
COSTS AND EXPENSES
Cost of sales:
Systems............................. 32,007 27,729 22,809
Services............................ 28,764 23,871 22,249
Research and engineering.............. 13,036 11,241 8,520
Selling, general and administrative... 43,646 35,869 29,162
Restructuring, relocation and
reengineering (Note 10)............. 10,980 -- --
Merger and other costs (Notes 2 and
3).................................. -- -- 8,630
---------- ---------- ----------
128,433 98,710 91,370
---------- ---------- ----------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS........... (8,584) 11,699 5,708
---------- ---------- ----------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
Gain on sale of electronic publishing
assets (Note 2)..................... 29,091 -- --
Interest income....................... 537 432 265
Interest expense...................... (566) (80) (18)
Other, net............................ (198) (192) 205
---------- ---------- ----------
28,864 160 452
---------- ---------- ----------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES.............. 20,280 11,859 6,160
INCOME TAX PROVISION (Note 7)........... 8,598 3,304 2,210
---------- ---------- ----------
NET INCOME.............................. $ 11,682 $ 8,555 $ 3,950
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE (Note 1)....... $ 0.98 $ 0.73 $ 0.35
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE (Note 1)..... $ 0.97 $ 0.71 $ 0.33
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
See Notes to Financial Statements
26
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CUMULATIVE
FOREIGN
CURRENCY
COMMON RETAINED TRANSLATION
STOCK EARNINGS ADJUSTMENT TOTAL
--------- --------- ----------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, December 31, 1994.......................................... $ 33,404 $ 2,358 $ (215) $ 35,547
Net income........................................................ -- 3,950 -- 3,950
Issuance of shares for pooling transaction........................ 1 75 -- 76
Issuance of common stock.......................................... 733 -- -- 733
Non-qualified stock option compensation........................... 5 -- -- 5
Tax benefit of stock option transactions.......................... 234 -- -- 234
Foreign currency translation adjustment........................... -- -- (99) (99)
--------- --------- ----------- ---------
Balance, December 31, 1995.......................................... 34,377 6,383 (314) 40,446
Net income........................................................ -- 8,555 -- 8,555
Issuance of common stock.......................................... 3,970 -- -- 3,970
Tax benefit of stock option transactions.......................... 70 -- -- 70
Foreign currency translation adjustment........................... -- -- 1,140 1,140
--------- --------- ----------- ---------
Balance, December 31, 1996.......................................... 38,417 14,938 826 54,181
Net income........................................................ -- 11,682 -- 11,682
Issuance of common stock.......................................... 1,197 -- -- 1,197
Stock warrant..................................................... 4,042 -- -- 4,042
Tax benefit of stock option transactions.......................... 58 -- -- 58
Foreign currency translation adjustment........................... -- -- (1,046) (1,046)
--------- --------- ----------- ---------
Balance, December 31, 1997.......................................... $ 43,714 $ 26,620 $ (220) $ 70,114
--------- --------- ----------- ---------
--------- --------- ----------- ---------
</TABLE>
See Notes to Financial Statements
27
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
---------- --------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income..................................................................... $ 11,682 $ 8,555 $ 3,950
Items not requiring (providing) cash:
Depreciation and amortization................................................ 3,943 3,845 3,677
(Gain) loss on disposition of assets......................................... (29,568) 162 --
Non-qualified stock option compensation...................................... -- -- 5
Restructuring and reengineering charges...................................... 6,114 -- --
Changes in:
Accounts receivable.......................................................... (2,365) (5,437) (9,006)
Inventories.................................................................. (2,341) (1,364) (2,231)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses........................................ (26) 1,127 1,955
Other current assets and liabilities......................................... 2,380 1,273 1,132
---------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities........................ (10,181) 8,161 (518)
---------- --------- ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property and equipment, net........................................ (4,714) (6,421) (5,600)
Proceeds from sale of property................................................. 35,016 411 --
Proceeds from maturity of temporary investments................................ -- -- 8,580
Purchase of temporary investments.............................................. -- -- (3,379)
Increase (decrease) in other assets............................................ (1,588) (756) 29
Net cash received from business acquisitions................................... -- -- 44
---------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities........................ 28,714 (6,766) (326)
---------- --------- ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Issuance of common stock....................................................... 827 3,970 733
Proceeds from shareholder loans................................................ -- -- 2,267
Principal payments on debt..................................................... -- (551) (4,428)
---------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities........................ 827 3,419 (1,428)
---------- --------- ---------
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH.......................................... (465) (135) (99)
---------- --------- ---------
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS................................. 18,895 4,679 (2,371)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR..................................... 8,084 3,405 5,776
---------- --------- ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR........................................... $ 26,979 $ 8,084 $ 3,405
---------- --------- ---------
---------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
See Notes to Financial Statements
28
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
NATURE OF BUSINESS AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
Brite Voice Systems, Inc. (the "Company" or "Brite") designs, integrates,
assembles, markets and supports voice processing systems and services which
incorporate audiotex, voice processing, voice recognition, voice/facsimile
messaging and interactive computer applications into customized market
solutions. The Company also offers a broad array of telecommunications
consulting services.
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires that management make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant
estimates included in these financial statements include allowances for
uncollectible accounts and obsolete inventory, and warranty and other accrued
liabilities.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents include cash investments with an original maturity
of three months or less.
INVENTORIES
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined
using the first-in, first-out method and includes the cost of materials, direct
labor and manufacturing overhead. Provision is made for obsolete or slow moving
items where appropriate.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using
the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets which
range from three to 10 years for furniture and equipment and 35 years for
buildings and improvements.
RESEARCH AND ENGINEERING
Costs associated with internal development of new products or enhancements
of existing products are expensed as incurred because the marketability of such
products is not determinable until substantially all the costs are incurred.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Revenues from the sale of systems generally are recognized upon shipment.
Software revenue is recognized in accordance with the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants ("AICPA") Statement of Position ("SOP") 91-1,
Software Revenue Recognition. Revenues from maintenance contracts for installed
systems are recognized ratably over the service period. Revenues from service
bureau operations
29
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
and consulting services are recognized when the services are provided. Revenues
from billing verification services are recognized when claim proceeds are
received from the telecommunications provider.
During 1997, the AICPA issued SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, which
is effective for transactions entered into in fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997, and supersedes SOP 91-1. Management does not anticipate that
the implementation of the guidance set forth in SOP 97-2 will have a material
impact on its current revenue recognition policies.
CREDIT RISK
The Company extends unsecured credit to customers throughout the United
States and in certain foreign countries.
INCOME TAXES
The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and liability approach
which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the
expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the
Company's financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax
consequences, the Company considers all expected future events other than
enactments of changes in the tax law or rates. Changes in tax laws or rates will
be recognized in the years in which they occur. (See Note 7.)
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT
Financial statements of the Company's foreign subsidiaries have been
translated into U.S. dollars at current and average exchange rates. Resulting
translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of stockholders'
equity. Any transaction gains or losses are included in the accompanying
consolidated statements of income.
REENGINEERING COSTS
The Company accounts for costs incurred on business process reengineering
and information technology transformation in accordance with Emerging Issues
Task Force ("EITF") Issue No. 97-13, "Accounting for Costs Incurred in
Connection with a Consulting Contract or an Internal Project that Combines
Business Process Reengineering and Information Technology Transformation. EITF
Issue No. 97-13 requires that the costs of business process reengineering
activities be expensed as incurred.
EARNINGS PER SHARE
The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 128 "Earnings Per Share" in 1997. The Company
adopted the new standard in 1997 and restated all prior-period earnings per
share data presented. Diluted earnings per share includes the effects of common
stock equivalents to the extent that they are dilutive.
30
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Following is a reconciliation of the weighted average shares used to compute
basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Basic weighted average shares outstanding........................ 11,865 11,717 11,441
Options.......................................................... 203 410 484
--------- --------- ---------
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding...................... 12,068 12,127 11,925
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK OPTIONS
The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting
for Stock Based Compensation". The Company has continued to record compensation
expense in accordance with APB No. 25. The Company has adopted SFAS No. 123 by
making the required pro forma disclosures. (See Note 8).
NOTE 2: ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS
Effective August 9, 1995, the Company issued 3,331,000 shares of its common
stock for all of the outstanding common stock of Telecom Services Limited
(U.S.), Inc., Telecom Services Limited (West), Inc., TSL Software Services,
Inc., and TSL Management Group, Inc. (collectively the "TSL Companies" or "TSL")
and the TSL Companies were merged into the Company (the "TSL Merger"). The TSL
Merger has been accounted for as a pooling of interests and, accordingly, the
Company's consolidated financial statements have been restated for all periods
prior to the acquisition to include the results of operations, financial
position and cash flows of the TSL Companies.
Prior to the TSL Merger, the TSL Companies elected to be taxed as S
corporations under the Internal Revenue Code. This election eliminates federal
income taxes at the corporate level, as a result of which the TSL Companies'
profits were included in the income tax returns of their stockholders for all
periods through the date of the TSL Merger. Accordingly, the TSL Companies
distributed the majority of their taxable earnings in the form of additional
compensation to officers and stockholders. Distributions in excess of the salary
and bonus amounts contracted for in the employment agreements entered into
between the Company and certain of the TSL stockholders, were $4,303,000 for the
period ended August 8, 1995. No adjustments have been made to the provision for
income taxes to reflect the impact had the TSL Companies been subject to federal
income taxes as the adjustment is immaterial. Merger costs of $3,509,000,
consisting of brokerage, legal and other professional fees associated with the
consummation of the TSL Merger, were charged to expense during 1995. Also
included in Merger and other costs in 1995 was $818,000, representing prepaid
royalties and the net book value of certain equipment related to the
discontinuation of one of the Company's product lines at the time of the TSL
Merger.
On October 30, 1997, the Company consummated the sale of certain assets used
in its electronic publishing business for $35,000,000 in cash. The business sold
includes: i) the management of audiotex systems installed on customers'
premises; ii) the creation and transmission by satellite of information for
access by telephone callers; iii) the creation and provision of a variety of
information for yellow pages publishers over the Internet; iv) the sale of
advertising sponsorships to various categories of audiotex
31
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
NOTE 2: ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS (CONTINUED)
information made available through yellow pages publishers' audiotex systems;
and v) advertiser management services provided on behalf of yellow pages
publishers whereby advertising entities are contacted from an outbound call
center for periodic updating of their audiotex sponsorships and advertisements.
The Company recorded a gain on the sale of $29,091,000.
NOTE 3: OTHER ASSETS
Other Assets consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Goodwill................................................................... $ 322 $ 898
Deferred tax asset......................................................... 961 581
Stock warrant (Note 8)..................................................... 4,042 --
Prepaid licenses and other................................................. 819 1,289
--------- ---------
6,144 2,768
Accumulated amortization................................................... (306) (445)
--------- ---------
$ 5,838 $ 2,323
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
Goodwill and other intangible assets are being amortized using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the
specific contract term, which range from three to 10 years. Amortization expense
was $149,000, $248,000 and $619,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
NOTE 4: INVENTORIES
Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Purchased parts......................................................... $ 5,417 $ 4,060
Work in progress........................................................ 5,401 5,581
Finished goods.......................................................... 2,970 2,866
--------- ---------
$ 13,788 $ 12,507
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
NOTE 5: LINE OF CREDIT
The Company maintains a $10,000,000 unsecured line of credit that is used
from time to time to fund short-term cash requirements. The agreement stipulates
annual reviews are to be made on June 30 of each year. Borrowings bear interest
at 30 days LIBOR plus 100 basis points, with no commitment fee required. There
were no borrowings outstanding under the line as of December 31, 1997.
32
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
NOTE 6: LEASES
The Company leases office space under noncancelable agreements expiring at
various times through 2006. Future minimum rental payments under these operating
leases are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1998................................................................ $ 2,011
1999................................................................ 1,647
2000................................................................ 1,521
2001................................................................ 1,436
2002................................................................ 1,025
Thereafter.......................................................... 2,162
---------
$ 9,802
---------
---------
</TABLE>
Rent expense under the above agreements was $2,295,000, $1,544,000 and
$1,023,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
NOTE 7: INCOME TAXES
The income tax provision includes the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Taxes currently payable:
Federal...................................................... $ 8,465 $ 2,971 $ 1,804
State........................................................ 1,860 591 355
Foreign...................................................... (37) 791 651
Deferred taxes................................................. (1,690) (1,049) (600)
--------- --------- ---------
$ 8,598 $ 3,304 $ 2,210
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
United States income taxes have not been provided on the cumulative
undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries of $4,021,000 at
December 31, 1997. It is intended that these earnings will be permanently
invested in operations outside the United States.
33
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
NOTE 7: INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory rate to income tax
expense at the Company's effective rate, is as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Tax expense at the statutory rate............................... $ 7,098 $ 4,075 $ 2,095
Effect of foreign tax rates..................................... (84) 50 8
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
Merger costs.................................................. -- -- 1,130
State income taxes, net of federal benefit.................... 1,451 390 234
Foreign sales corporation benefit............................. (25) (34) (54)
Utilization of net operating loss carryforward................ -- -- (321)
Utilization of credit carryforwards........................... 67 (48) (278)
Reduction of valuation allowance.............................. -- (1,049) (600)
Other permanent differences................................... 91 (80) (4)
--------- --------- ---------
$ 8,598 $ 3,304 $ 2,210
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
Deferred taxes are determined based on the estimated future tax effect of
differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities given the provisions of the enacted tax laws. Deferred taxes consist
of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Current deferred taxes
Gross assets............................................................. $ 2,454 $ 1,144
Gross liabilities........................................................ -- --
--------- ---------
$ 2,454 $ 1,144
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
Noncurrent deferred taxes
Gross assets............................................................. $ 961 $ 1,036
Gross liabilities........................................................ -- (455)
--------- ---------
$ 961 $ 581
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
34
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
NOTE 7: INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
The tax effect of significant temporary differences representing deferred
tax assets and liabilities is as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Federal regular tax operating loss, research and development credit,
investment tax credit and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards... $ -- $ 719
Depreciation............................................................... (413) (455)
Inventory obsolescence reserve............................................. 484 389
Allowance for doubtful accounts............................................ 502 151
Accrued vacation pay....................................................... 311 290
Transition reserve......................................................... 989 --
Covenant not to compete.................................................... 1,121 --
Other, net................................................................. 421 631
--------- ---------
Net deferred taxes......................................................... $ 3,415 $ 1,725
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
NOTE 8: STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
The Company has four stock option plans: the 1994 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan (the "Stock Purchase Plan"), the 1984 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the
"1984 Option Plan"), the 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "1994 Option Plan"), and
the 1990 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (the "Director Stock Option
Plan").
STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
In 1994, the Board of Directors and stockholders approved the Stock Purchase
Plan. Under the Stock Purchase Plan, up to 200,000 shares of common stock of the
Company may be sold to employees. Eligible employees may authorize payroll
deductions of up to 10 percent of their compensation to purchase shares at the
lower of 85 percent of the fair market value of the common stock as of the date
of grant (first day of an offering period) or the last day of the six-month
offering period. The semi-annual offerings commenced on July 1, 1994. No
employee may purchase shares under the Stock Purchase Plan, in any one year,
having a fair market value on the offering date of more than $25,000, nor may an
employee purchase more than 500 shares in any offering period. During 1997,
63,216 shares were purchased at the weighted average fair value of $6.91. On
December 31, 1997, there were 36,487 shares reserved for issuance under the
Plan.
STOCK OPTIONS
In 1994, the Board of Directors and stockholders approved the 1994 Option
Plan. A maximum of 1,000,000 shares of common stock was approved under the 1994
Option Plan. During 1997, the Board of Directors and stockholders approved an
additional 1,000,000 shares of common stock that may be issued. Options are
granted by the Board of Directors at prices not less than fair market value as
of the date of grant, generally have a four-year vesting period and expire 10
years after the date of grant. At December 31, 1997, a total of 877,649 shares
were available for future grants under the 1994 Option Plan. In addition,
options covering 500,000 shares were granted to an executive of the Company
during 1996, of
35
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
NOTE 8: STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
which 100,000 shares vested immediately, with the remaining shares vesting over
a three year period. In May 1997, options covering 300,000 of these shares were
cancelled and were replaced by a new grant covering 300,000 shares at $8.50 per
share, the fair market value on the date of the grant.
The 1984 Option Plan terminated on December 31, 1994, except as to
unexercised options remaining outstanding.
The Director Stock Option Plan provides for the granting of options to
purchase up to 150,000 shares of common stock. Options under this plan are to be
granted at prices not less than fair market value as of the date of the grant,
and have a three year vesting period. At December 31, 1997, there were options
granted to purchase 71,500 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $6.00
to $18.50 per share. At December 31, 1997, 41,000 shares were exercisable.
Information regarding all outstanding stock options is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------
SHARES WTD AVG EX SHARES WTD AVG EX SHARES WTD AVG EX
(000S) PRICE (000S) PRICE (000S) PRICE
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Outstanding, beginning of year....... 2,162 $ 13 1,249 $ 12 904 $ 9
Granted.............................. 595 9 1,018 14 434 18
Exercised............................ (91) 5 (67) 7 (52) 6
Cancelled............................ (466) 14 (38) 13 (37) 11
----- ----- -----
Outstanding, end of year............. 2,200 12 2,162 13 1,249 12
----- ----- -----
----- ----- -----
Exercisable, end of year............. 965 12 913 10 752 8
----- ----- -----
----- ----- -----
</TABLE>
The Company accounts for the stock options under APB No. 25, under which no
compensation expense has been recognized. Had compensation expense for these
plans been determined consistent with FASB Statement No. 123, the Company's net
income and earnings per share would have been reduced to the following pro forma
amounts:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net income.......................................... $ 9,837,000 $ 6,853,000 $ 3,544,000
Basic earnings per share............................ $ 0.83 $ 0.58 $ 0.31
Diluted earnings per share.......................... $ 0.83 $ 0.57 $ 0.29
</TABLE>
The resulting pro forma compensation expense for 1997, 1996 and 1995 may not
be representative of that to be expected in future years.
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions used for grants in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively: risk free
interest rates of 6.39, 5.92 and 6.50, expected lives of 5.30, 7.90 and 7.20 and
expected volatility of 65, 65 and 54 percent.
36
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
NOTE 8: STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
The following table summarizes information about fixed stock options
outstanding at December 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------
NUMBER WEIGHTED NUMBER WEIGHTED
OUTSTANDING WEIGHTED AVERAGE AVERAGE EXERCISABLE AVERAGE
RANGE OF AS OF REMAINING EXERCISE AS OF EXERCISE
EXERCISE PRICES 12/31/97 CONTRACTUAL LIFE PRICE 12/31/97 PRICE
- -------------------------- ------------- ------------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$ 1.250--$ 8.500 699,550 7.59 $ 7.49 217,050 $ 5.46
$ 8.750--$11.875 712,455 7.45 $ 10.66 226,035 $ 9.84
$12.000--$16.500 577,626 7.38 $ 14.97 436,746 $ 14.84
$17.875--$20.000 210,600 7.32 $ 19.60 84,800 $ 19.61
------------- -------------
$ 1.250--$20.000 2,200,231 7.46 $ 11.64 964,631 $ 11.98
------------- -------------
------------- -------------
</TABLE>
STOCK WARRANT
On December 12, 1997, the Company and AT&T Corp. ("AT&T") entered into a
Purchase Agreement pursuant to which AT&T will purchase from the Company certain
telecommunications products, software and services over a period of up to four
years. As partial consideration for the Agreement, AT&T acquired a warrant to
purchase up to 1,400,000 shares of the Company's common stock. One third of the
warrant was immediately exercisable, with an additional one third becoming
exercisable on the first and second anniversaries of this agreement. The warrant
has a term of three years from the date it becomes exercisable and has a strike
price of $11.00 per share. This warrant was valued at $4,042,000 using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model. A corresponding contra amount was recorded
in Other Assets, which will be written off in the form of a purchase discount as
systems and equipment are delivered to AT&T.
NOTE 9: EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The Company sponsors defined contribution retirement plans which cover
substantially all of its employees in the United States and the United Kingdom.
Company contributions to the United Kingdom plan are based on the employee's
age, while contributions to the United States plan are a percentage of employee
contributions at rates determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.
Company contributions to these plans were $1,105,000, $835,000 and $493,000 for
the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
NOTE 10: RESTRUCTURING, RELOCATION AND REENGINEERING CHARGES
The Company has recorded charges of $10,980,000 for the year ended December
31, 1997, related to the restructuring of the Company's operations and the
relocation of its headquarters to Heathrow, Florida. Included in the charge was
approximately $3,327,000 in asset impairments as a result of the Company's
decision to discontinue certain product lines and abandon certain assets, and
the reevaluation of the net realizable value of certain intangible assets. The
Company also recorded severance costs of approximately $1,614,000 relating to
the elimination of certain product lines, the closing of its Dallas, Texas
facility and the transfer of certain functions from its facilities in Wichita,
Kansas and Canton, Massachusetts to its new
37
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
NOTE 10: RESTRUCTURING, RELOCATION AND REENGINEERING CHARGES (CONTINUED)
headquarters in Heathrow. Concurrent with the restructuring, the Company
initiated a process reengineering effort which led to the selection and
commencement of implementation of certain new management information systems for
which the Company has recorded charges of approximately $2,718,000.
Additionally, costs consisting principally of moving expenses, temporary labor
and travel amounted to approximately $3,321,000 during the year ended December
31, 1997.
NOTE 11: LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company is subject to claims and litigation from time to time arising in
the normal operation of its business. Management believes that the ultimate
resolution of any pending claim will not be material to the results of
operations or the financial position of the Company.
NOTE 12: ADDITIONAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest paid................................................... $ 564 $ 80 $ 316
Income taxes paid, net.......................................... 12,508 4,759 1,196
</TABLE>
NOTE 13: FINANCIAL INFORMATION RELATING TO FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC OPERATIONS AND
EXPORT SALES
Operations for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 are as
follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Sales to:
United States.......................................... $ 82,232 $ 79,675 $ 76,028
Europe................................................. 37,617 30,734 21,050
---------- ---------- ----------
Total................................................ $ 119,849 $ 110,409 $ 97,078
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
Operating profit (loss):
United States.......................................... $ 12,031 $ 8,714 $ 3,465
Europe................................................. (349) 2,985 2,243
---------- ---------- ----------
Total................................................ $ 11,682 $ 11,699 $ 5,708
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
Identifiable assets:
United States.......................................... $ 73,883 $ 50,101 $ 43,866
Europe................................................. 31,147 24,781 14,966
---------- ---------- ----------
Total................................................ $ 105,030 $ 74,882 $ 58,832
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
Export sales from United States.......................... $ 7,113 $ 8,355 $ 6,090
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
One international customer represented 10% of total revenues in 1997 and
1996.
38
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
NOTE 14: UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 QUARTER ENDED
--------------------------------------------
MARCH 31 JUNE 30 SEPT. 30 DEC. 31
----------- --------- --------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues.............................................................. $ 30,990 $ 29,145 $ 29,427 $ 30,287
Income (loss) from operations......................................... 2,005 (7,296) (1,406) (1,886)
Net income (loss)..................................................... 1,291 (4,876) (968) 16,235
Basic earnings (loss) per common share................................ 0.11 (0.41) (0.08) 1.36
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share.............................. 0.11 (0.41) (0.08) 1.34
</TABLE>
The 1997 results included a pre-tax gain of $29,091,000 relating to the sale
of the Company's electronic publishing business, which was consummated on
October 30, 1997, and restructuring, relocation and reengineering charges of
$10,980,000.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 QUARTER ENDED
--------------------------------------------
MARCH 31 JUNE 30 SEPT. 30 DEC. 31
----------- --------- --------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues.............................................................. $ 25,848 $ 28,667 $ 25,356 $ 30,538
Income from operations................................................ 3,704 3,884 1,308 2,803
Net income............................................................ 2,703 2,888 944 2,020
Basic earnings per common share....................................... 0.23 0.25 0.08 0.17
Diluted earnings per common share..................................... 0.23 0.24 0.08 0.17
</TABLE>
39
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BALANCE AT CHARGED TO BALANCE AT
BEGINNING COSTS AND END OF
DESCRIPTION OF PERIOD EXPENSES DEDUCTIONS PERIOD
- ------------------------------------------------------------------ ----------- ----------- ------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Year ended December 31, 1997.................................... $ 471 $ 1,296 $ 401 $ 1,366
Year ended December 31, 1996.................................... $ 481 $ 429 $ 439 $ 471
Year ended December 31, 1995.................................... $ 844 $ 317 $ 680 $ 481
Allowance for obsolete inventory:
Year ended December 31, 1997.................................... $ 1,415 $ 750 $ 406 $ 1,759
Year ended December 31, 1996.................................... $ 1,069 $ 625 $ 279 $ 1,415
Year ended December 31, 1995.................................... $ 666 $ 635 $ 232 $ 1,069
</TABLE>
40
<PAGE>
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
Not Applicable.
41
<PAGE>
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
DIRECTORS
The information concerning Directors of the Company required by Item 401 of
Regulation S-K will be contained in the Company's 1998 Proxy Statement under the
heading "Election of Directors", and is incorporated herein by reference.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The information concerning executive officers of the Company required by
this Item is set forth in Item 1 hereof under the heading "Executive Officers".
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K will be contained in
the Company's 1998 Proxy Statement under the headings "Compensation of Directors
and Executive Officers", "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation", "Report of Compensation Committee on Executive Compensation" and
"Company Performance", and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K will be contained in
the Company's 1998 Proxy Statement under the heading "Common Stock Ownership",
and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
The information required by Item 404 of Regulation S-K will be contained in
the Company's 1998 Proxy Statement under the heading "Compensation Committee
Interlocks and Insider Participation", and is incorporated herein by reference.
42
<PAGE>
PART IV
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
(1) Financial Statements. The financial statements, notes and independent
auditors' reports described in Item 8, to which reference is hereby made.
(2) Financial Statement Schedules. The financial statement schedules described
in Item 8, to which reference is hereby made.
(3) Exhibits. The following exhibits:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NO. DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
2.1 Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger dated May 24, 1995 by and
among Brite Voice Systems, Inc., Telecom Services Limited (U.S.), Inc.,
Telecom Services Limited (West), Inc., TSL Software Services, Inc., TSL
Management Group, Inc. and Alan C. Maltz, Scott A. Maltz, Stephen B.
Rockoff and Alan C. Maltz as custodian for Sari Maltz and Lori Maltz
(incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Company's definitive proxy
statement dated July 17, 1995).
2.2 Asset Purchase Agreement dated September 23, 1997 between the Registrant
and IT Network, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed
with the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 30,
1997).
2.3 Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement dated October 7, 1997 between the
Registrant and IT Network, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the
Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated
October 30, 1997).
3.1 Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by
reference to the Exhibit filed with Registrant's Registration Statement
on Form S-1, No. 33-29750).
3.2 Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed
with Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, No. 33-29750).
10.1 Registrant's 1984 Incentive Stock Option Plan, as amended (incorporated by
reference to the Exhibit filed with Registrant's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991).
10.2 1993 Amendments to the Registrant's 1984 Incentive Stock Option Plan
(incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with Registrant's Annual
Report filed on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993).
10.3 Aircraft Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Brannan Leasing, Inc.
dated November 10, 1992 (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed
with the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1992).
10.4 Registrant's 1990 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan dated February
6, 1990 (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with
Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1989).
10.5 Registrant's Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan
(incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
</TABLE>
43
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NO. DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
10.6 Office Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Heathrow Office Building
Corporation dated April 16, 1997 pertaining to the Registrant's
headquarters facility in Lake Mary, Florida (incorporated by reference
to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 1997).
10.7 First Amendment to Lease dated June 30, 1997 between the Registrant and
Heathrow Office Building Corporation (incorporated by reference to the
Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended June 30, 1997).
10.8 Sublease dated June 1, 1997 between the Registrant and Olsten Staffing
Services, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the
Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
30, 1997).
10.9 Lease covering the Registrant's facility at Brook House, Park Road,
Gatley, England dated June 24, 1996 (incorporated by reference to the
Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 1996).
10.10 Lease covering the Registrant's facility at 40 Shawmut Road, Canton,
Massachusetts, dated March 15, 1993 (incorporated by reference to the
Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 1993).
10.11 Registrant's 1994 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to the
Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 1994).
10.12 Registrant's 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference
to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form S-8, No. 33-80478).
10.13 Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Perry E. Esping dated
March 28, 1990 (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the
Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1990).
10.14 Employment Agreement dated December 4, 1996 between the Registrant and
David S. Gergacz (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with
the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1996).
10.15 Stock Option Agreement dated May 13, 1997 between the Registrant and David
S. Gergacz (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the
Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
30, 1997).
10.16 Employment Agreement dated February 25, 1997 between the Registrant and
Samuel J. Kline (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the
Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
30, 1997).
10.17 Employment Agreement dated March 22, 1997 between the Registrant and
Christine King (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the
Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
30, 1997).
10.18 Employment Agreement dated March 27, 1997 between the Registrant and Brian
Klumpp (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the
Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
30, 1997).
10.19 Employment Agreement dated June 23, 1997 between the Registrant and Glenn
A. Etherington (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the
Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
30, 1997).
10.20 Amendment to Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1997 between the
Registrant and Alan C. Maltz (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit
filed with the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended September 30, 1997).
</TABLE>
44
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NO. DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
10.21 Employment Agreement dated July 1, 1997 between the Registrant and Donald
R. Walsh (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the
Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 1997).
10.22 Employment Agreement dated July 23, 1997 between the Registrant and Ray S.
Naeini (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the
Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 1997).
10.23 Agreement between the Registrant and AT&T Corp. dated December 12, 1997.
Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to portions of
this exhibit.
10.24 Office Lease Agreement between the Registrant and 701 International
Parkway Development Corporation dated March 3, 1998 covering the
Registrant's facility in Heathrow, Florida.
10.25 Agreement dated January 12, 1998 between the Registrant and Stanley G.
Brannan.
22.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
27 Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
(b) Reports on Form 8-K.
During the last quarter of the period covered by this Report, the Registrant
filed Current Reports on Form 8-K as follows:
1. Form 8-K dated October 30, 1997, wherein the Registrant reported the
sale of certain assets relating to its electronic publishing business to
IT Network, Inc.; and
2. Form 8-K dated December 15, 1997, wherein the Registrant announced the
entering into of a Purchase Agreement with AT&T Corp. dated December 12,
1997.
45
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
Dated: March 20, 1998 By: /s/ DAVID S. GERGACZ
-----------------------------------------
David S. Gergacz
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
By: /s/ GLENN A. ETHERINGTON
-----------------------------------------
Glenn A. Etherington
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
</TABLE>
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on
the dates indicated:
NAME TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------ -------------------------- -------------------
/s/ DAVID S. GERGACZ March 20, 1998
- ------------------------------ Chairman of the Board, CEO
David S. Gergacz and President
/s/ STANLEY G. BRANNAN March 20, 1998
- ------------------------------ Director
Stanley G. Brannan
/s/ PERRY E. ESPING March 20, 1998
- ------------------------------ Director
Perry E. Esping
/s/ C. MACKAY GANSON, JR. March 20, 1998
- ------------------------------ Director
C. MacKay Ganson, Jr.
/s/ JOHN F. KELSEY, III March 20, 1998
- ------------------------------ Director
John F. Kelsey, III
/s/ ALAN C. MALTZ March 20, 1998
- ------------------------------ Director
Alan C. Maltz
/s/ SCOTT A. MALTZ March 20, 1998
- ------------------------------ Director
Scott A. Maltz
46
<PAGE>
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
- ------------- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
2.1 Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger dated May 24, 1995 by and among Brite Voice Systems,
Inc., Telecom Services Limited (U.S.), Inc., Telecom Services Limited (West), Inc., TSL Software
Services, Inc., TSL Management Group, Inc. and Alan C. Maltz, Scott A. Maltz, Stephen B. Rockoff
and Alan C. Maltz as custodian for Sari Maltz and Lori Maltz (incorporated by reference to Annex A
to the Company's definitive proxy statement dated July 17, 1995).
2.2 Asset Purchase Agreement dated September 23, 1997 between the Registrant and IT Network, Inc.
(incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K
dated October 30, 1997).
2.3 Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement dated October 7, 1997 between the Registrant and IT Network,
Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Current Report on Form
8-K dated October 30, 1997).
3.1 Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed
with Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, No. 33-29750).
3.2 Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with Registrant's
Registration Statement on Form S-1, No. 33-29750).
10.1 Registrant's 1984 Incentive Stock Option Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit
filed with Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991).
10.2 1993 Amendments to the Registrant's 1984 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to
the Exhibit filed with Registrant's Annual Report filed on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1993).
10.3 Aircraft Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Brannan Leasing, Inc. dated November 10, 1992
(incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1992).
10.4 Registrant's 1990 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan dated February 6, 1990 (incorporated by
reference to the Exhibit filed with Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1989).
10.5 Registrant's Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference
to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1995).
10.6 Office Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Heathrow Office Building Corporation dated April
16, 1997 pertaining to the Registrant's headquarters facility in Lake Mary, Florida (incorporated
by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended March 31, 1997).
10.7 First Amendment to Lease dated June 30, 1997 between the Registrant and Heathrow Office Building
Corporation (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997).
10.8 Sublease dated June 1, 1997 between the Registrant and Olsten Staffing Services, Inc. (incorporated
by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 1997).
10.9 Lease covering the Registrant's facility at Brook House, Park Road, Gatley, England dated June 24,
1996 (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996).
</TABLE>
47
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
- ------------- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
10.10 Lease covering the Registrant's facility at 40 Shawmut Road, Canton, Massachusetts, dated March 15,
1993 (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993).
10.11 Registrant's 1994 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the
Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994).
10.12 Registrant's 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with
the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8, No. 33-80478).
10.13 Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Perry E. Esping dated March 28, 1990
(incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1990).
10.14 Employment Agreement dated December 4, 1996 between the Registrant and David S. Gergacz (incorporated
by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1996).
10.15 Stock Option Agreement dated May 13, 1997 between the Registrant and David S. Gergacz (incorporated
by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 1997).
10.16 Employment Agreement dated February 25, 1997 between the Registrant and Samuel J. Kline (incorporated
by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 1997).
10.17 Employment Agreement dated March 22, 1997 between the Registrant and Christine King (incorporated by
reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended June 30, 1997).
10.18 Employment Agreement dated March 27, 1997 between the Registrant and Brian Klumpp (incorporated by
reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended June 30, 1997).
10.19 Employment Agreement dated June 23, 1997 between the Registrant and Glenn A. Etherington
(incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 1997).
10.20 Amendment to Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1997 between the Registrant and Alan C. Maltz
(incorporated by reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 1997).
10.21 Employment Agreement dated July 1, 1997 between the Registrant and Donald R. Walsh (incorporated by
reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended September 30, 1997).
10.22 Employment Agreement dated July 23, 1997 between the Registrant and Ray S. Naeini (incorporated by
reference to the Exhibit filed with the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended September 30, 1997).
10.23 Agreement between the Registrant and AT&T Corp. dated December 12, 1997. Confidential treatment has
been requested with respect to portions of this exhibit.
10.24 Office Lease Agreement between the Registrant and 701 International Parkway Development Corporation
dated March 3, 1998 covering the Registrant's facility in Heathrow, Florida.
10.25 Agreement dated January 12, 1998 between the Registrant and Stanley G. Brannan.
22.1 Subsidiaries of Registrant.
23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
27 Financial Data Schedules.
</TABLE>
48
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
AT&T CORP.
AND
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
AND
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS GROUP, LTD.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISSION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
AT&T PROPRIETARY (RESTRICTED)
SOLELY FOR THOSE PERSONS HAVING A NEED TO KNOW
USE PURSUANT TO COMPANY INSTRUCTIONS
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 1 of 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE 1 -- NATURE OF THE AGREEMENT
1.1 STATEMENT OF PURCHASES
1.2 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
1.3 DEFINITIONS
1.4 REPRESENTATIVES
1.5 SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATION
1.6 DURATION
ARTICLE 2 -- ORDERING AND DELIVERY
2.1 FORM OF ORDER
2.2 PACKAGING AND SHIPPING
2.3 TITLE TO MATERIAL; RISK OF LOSS
2.4 CFC PACKAGING
2.5 HEAVY METALS IN PACKAGING
2.6 OZONE DEPLETING SUBSTANCE LABELING
2.7 DELIVERY
2.8 METHOD OF DELIVERY
2.9 TIMELY PERFORMANCE
2.10 MONTHLY SHIPMENT AND INSTALLATION REPORTS
2.11 CHANGES IN SCOPE
2.12 CHANGES TO DELIVERABLES BY SUPPLIER
2.13 THIRD PARTY EQUIPMENT
ARTICLE 3 -- PRICES AND PAYMENT
1. AGREEMENT PRICE
2. SOFTWARE PRICE AND PAYMENT
3. PRODUCT PRICE AND PAYMENT
4. TERMS NO LESS FAVORABLE
3.5 BILLING AND PAYMENT
3.6 TAXES
3.7 RECORDS
ARTICLE 4 -- INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
4.1 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
4.2 SUPPLIER'S INFORMATION
4.3 INFRINGEMENT
4.4 INVENTIONS
4.5 DEVELOPED INFORMATION
4.6 AUTHORSHIP AND COPYRIGHT
4.7 LICENSES
4.8 EXCLUSIVITY DESIGNATION
4.9 SPEECH DATA AND SPEECH TECHNOLOGY
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 2 of 1
ARTICLE 5 -- RISK MANAGEMENT
5.1 TERMINATION, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
5.2 INDEMNITY
5.3 INSURANCE
5.4 NETWORK OUTAGE
5.5 LATE DELIVERY
5.6 SERVICE AVAILABILITY
5.7 LIMITATION ON DAMAGES
ARTICLE 6 -- PURCHASE OF PRODUCT
6.1 PRODUCT ACCEPTANCE
6.2 DOCUMENTATION
6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL/RELIABILITY TESTING
6.4 FCC REGISTRATION
6.5 FLOOR PLAN DATA SHEET
6.6 FUTURE IMPROVEMENTS AND BENEFITS
6.7 ASSURANCE OF SUPPLY
6.8 INSIGNIA
6.9 MARKING
6.10 RADIO FREQUENCY STANDARDS
6.11 SUPPLIER TESTING
6.12 TRAINING
6.13 SPARES
ARTICLE 7 -- WARRANTY, MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT SERVICES
7.1 WARRANTY
7.2 SOFTWARE/PRODUCT SERVICES
7.3 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE SERVICES
7.4 REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE SERVICES WARRANTY
7.5 REPAIR UNDER WARRANTY
7.6 REPAIR NOT UNDER WARRANTY
7.7 REPAIR PROCEDURES
7.8 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PARTS/SERVICES-EMERGENCY SERVICE AND DISASTER
RECOVERY
7.9 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PARTS/SERVICES - CONTINUING AVAILABILITY
7.10 SUPPORT OF SELF AND THIRD PARTY MAINTENANCE
7.11 TECHNICAL SUPPORT
7.12 DISPOSITION OF RECURRING NO-TROUBLE-FOUND RETURNS
7.13 FAILURE MODE ANALYSIS OF FAILED COMPONENTS
ARTICLE 8 -- SOFTWARE
8.1 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE AND ACCEPTANCE SOFTWARE
8.2 CANCELLATION
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 3 of 1
8.3 MEDIA
8.4 LICENSE FEE
8.5 CENTRALIZED MAINTENANCE
8.6 ENHANCEMENTS AND MAINTENANCE
8.7 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
8.8 MODIFICATIONS
8.9 REDESIGNATION OR TRANSFER OF DESIGNATED SITE OR COMPUTER
8.10 REMOTE ACCESS
8.11 RISK OF LOSS
8.12 SOFTWARE AND PROGRAMMING AIDS
8.13 SOURCE PROGRAMS AND TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION
8.14 TRAINING AND TECHNICAL SERVICE
8.15 SOFTWARE LICENSE
8.16 SOFTWARE WARRANTY
ARTICLE 9 -- ENGINEERING & INSTALLATION SUPPORT
9.1 STATEMENT OF WORK
9.2 COMPANY STORED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL
9.3 TITLE TO MATERIAL FURNISHED BY COMPANY
9.4 INSPECTION AND REJECTION OF WORK
9.5 SERVICE WARRANTY
9.6 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT, OR REMOVAL OF WORK AND MATERIAL
9.7 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
9.8 BREAKAGE, DISAPPEARANCE, AND CONDITION
9.9 CLAIMS AND LOSSES
9.10 REPORTING DEFECTS
9.11 BUILDING PERMIT, LICENSES, NOTICE
9.12 CONTROL OF WORK
9.13 SERVICE RECORDS
9.14 SUSPENSION OF WORK
9.15 CLEAN UP
9.16 RELATIONSHIP
ARTICLE 10 - MISCELLANEOUS
10.1 PRODUCT EVOLUTION
10.2 ASSIGNMENT
10.3 CAPTIONS
10.4 CHOICE OF LAW
10.5 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW
10.6 EXPORT CONTROL
10.7 FORCE MAJEURE
10.8 GOVERNMENT CONTRACT PROVISIONS
10.9 GOVERNMENT REQUIREMENTS
10.10 HARMONY
10.11 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
10.12 IDENTIFICATION CREDENTIALS
10.13 IMPLEADER
10.14 ISO 9000
10.15 LABOR RELATIONS
10.16 NON-EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 4 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISSION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS
10.17 NO LIENS
10.18 OTHER CONTRACTS; COOPERATION
10.19 PUBLICITY; ADVERTISING
10.20 QUALITY SYSTEM AUDIT
10.21 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
10.22 RELEASES VOID
10.23 RIGHT TO ENTRY
10.24 SAFETY OF WORK
10.25 SEVERABILITY
10.26 SUPPLIER'S EMPLOYEES
10.27 SUPPLIER INTERFERENCE
10.28 SUPPLIER'S SUBCONTRACTS
10.29 UTILIZATION OF MINORITY AND WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
10.30 WAIVER
10.31 WORK HEREUNDER
10.32 WRITTEN NOTICE
10.33 AT&T'S SERVICE CONTINUITY
10.34 MEDIATION
10.35 ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE (EDI)
10.36 ENTIRE AGREEMENT
EXHIBITS:
THESE EXHIBITS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME BY MUTUAL WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF
THE PARTIES WITHOUT THE NECESSITY OF AMENDING THIS AGREEMENT. THE FOLLOWING
EXHIBITS ARE HEREBY MADE PART OF THIS AGREEMENT:
EXHIBIT A - PRICES AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE FOR THE ******* SERVICE
EXHIBIT B - ******* SERVICE AND CONFIGURATION DESCRIPTION
EXHIBIT C - EXCLUSIVITY DESIGNATION FOR ******* - RELEASE 1.0
EXHIBIT D - RTU LICENSE AND DEVELOPMENT DISCOUNT SCHEDULE
EXHIBIT E - PRICING FOR PREPAID CARD
EXHIBIT F - ENGINEERING & INSTALLATION SUPPORT "GENERAL CONDITIONS"
EXHIBIT G - MINORITY AND WOMEN'S BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MWBE)
EXHIBIT H - SEVERITY LEVELS
EXHIBIT I - WARRANT AGREEMENT
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 5 of 1
[LOGO] AT&T
1200 Peachtree Street, NE
Atlanta, GA 30309
ACCEPTANCE SHALL BE INDICATED BY
SIGNING AND RETURNING DUPLICATE TO:
Brite Voice Systems AT&T Corp.
250 International Parkway 295 N. Maple Ave.
Suite 300 Room 4426E1
Heathrow, FL 32746-5006 Basking Ridge, NJ 07920-1002
Attn. Ray Naeini Attn. Dennis Carey
WITNESSETH:
That in consideration of the Agreement ("Agreement") addressed herein, AT&T
Corp.(hereafter "Company"/AT&T), having an office at 900 Routes 202/206, N.,
Bedminster, NJ 07921, and Brite Voice Systems, Inc. and Brite Voice Systems
Group Ltd. (hereafter "Supplier"), having an office at 250 International
Parkway, Suite 300, Heathrow, FL 32746-5006 and Brite Court, Park Road, Gatley,
Cheshire, SK8 4HZ respectively, do hereby agree as follows.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
ARTICLE 1 -- NATURE OF THE AGREEMENT
1.1 STATEMENT OF PURCHASES. In accordance with the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, Supplier agrees to sell and install Product, develop and/or
license Software and provide Services , as ordered by AT&T and its affiliated
companies during the term of this Agreement as set forth in Clause 1.6 DURATION.
Such Product, Software and Services, (hereafter "Deliverables"), as specified
and described in Orders, Supplemental Agreements or TCLs placed against this
Agreement may be for use by AT&T or its affiliates and subsidiaries. An Order
shall be used for the purpose of procuring Deliverables. Each Order shall
reference this Agreement and any applicable Supplemental Agreement thereby
incorporating the terms and conditions of each and will contain the information
shown in Clause 2.1 FORM OF ORDER. It is understood that the Deliverables
furnished under this Agreement will be on an "as ordered" basis and that this
Agreement represents no minimum obligations upon AT&T or its affiliated
companies to place Orders, Supplemental Agreements or TCLs on Supplier. The
Deliverables shall be furnished to the satisfaction of AT&T.
AT&T forecasts that the value of this Agreement over the next three (3) years
will be between fifty (50) to sixty (60) million dollars, however, AT&T commits
to purchase the amount specified on page one (1) of Exhibit A "Prices and
Payment Schedule for the ******** Service" for the service and configuration
contained in Exhibit B ******** Service and Configuration Description".
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 6 of 1
In consideration for AT&T entering into this Agreement, on the date hereof, the
Supplier is issuing to AT&T a warrant to purchase up to one million four hundred
thousand (1,400,000) shares of Common Stock, no par value, of the Supplier,
subject to adjustment, pursuant to the Warrant Purchase Agreement, contained in
Exhibit I "Warrant Agreement" attached hereto and made a part hereof, dated as
of the date hereof, by and between AT&T and the Supplier.
1.2 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT. Company reserves the right to supplement or
modify this Agreement through the use of Supplemental Agreements to be
negotiated in good faith between the parties.
1.3 DEFINITIONS. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions
shall apply:
ACCEPTANCE means that the Company has indicated that the Product and Software
are, to the extent applicable, installed, implemented, and operating according
to specifications, and that associated items, such as documentation and training
if applicable, are included.
BASE FIRMWARE means Supplier's pre-existing firmware. Base Firmware is
independently funded by Supplier and is not exclusive to Company.
COMPANY'S AGREEMENT REPRESENTATIVE means the person designated by Company as
the point of contact regarding correspondence (written, verbal or electronic)
about this Agreement from either Company or Supplier.
COMPANY'S ORDER MANAGEMENT REPRESENTATIVE means the person designated by Company
as the person responsible for the creation, transmittal, tracking, and retention
of Orders, Supplemental Agreements or TCLs under this Agreement.
COMPANY'S SPECIFICATIONS means Company's technical requirements for Product,
Software and/or Services as specified in documents including, but not limited
to, FSDs and interface specifications or acceptance test documents.
COMPANY'S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE means the person designated by Company as the
person responsible for providing technical specifications and answering
questions and providing clarification regarding specifications.
COMPONENTS means the replaceable computer subassemblies contained in the
Product, such as the computer chassis, voice and network cards, disk and tape
drives, racks and switches.
DELIVERABLES means Product, Services, and Software as specified in Orders,
Supplemental Agreements or TCLs placed against this Agreement.
DEVELOPMENT MANAGEMENT means the process of monitoring development by Supplier
to ensure that such development meets specific Company's requirements and needs.
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 7 of 1
ENHANCEMENTS means all software changes relating to bug fixes, problem
resolutions and improvement of the functionality of any existing Feature,
including new releases, product improvements, system modifications, updates,
upgrades, field modifications and the like, but not including new functionality
associated with any Feature.
FEATURE means Software that implements a communications service and related
Supplier provided technical services (systems engineering, integration planning
& test, technical planning, Software design/evolution, consulting) documented in
a mutually agreed upon writing as a Feature.
FIRMWARE means a combination of (1) hardware and (2) Software represented by a
pattern of bits contained in such hardware.
FOA means First Office Application, which is the first installation of a
Software Feature in Company's test network.
FFA means First Field Application, which is the first installation of a Software
Feature in Company's live network.
FRF means Feature Request Form, which is submitted by Company to Supplier as the
request for delivery of a Feature or package of Features. The FRF number is
utilized by Company and Supplier to track a Feature or packages of Features.
FSD means Feature Specification Document which is created and owned solely by
Company, and which defines one or more specific Feature requirements to be
implemented by Supplier upon mutual agreement.
GENERIC RELEASE means a new Software Release that is the first release of
Platform Feature Software or Service Feature Software or both, or includes
Software which replaces the entire set of Platform Feature Software or Service
Feature Software or both.
INTEROPERABILITY means the ability of year 2000 compliant Software developed
hereunder to operate with other Software used by Company which may deliver
records, receive records, process such received records or interact with such
Software in the course of processing data.
ITN means Company's Integrated Test Network, or other test facility as may be
defined by Company.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 8 of 1
MEDIA means any documents, tapes, discs, semiconductor memories or other
material objects or tangible entities primarily adapted to retain and
communicate software fixed therein and represented by details of such media, the
terms including in their meaning any copies of software.
MODIFICATIONS means Company additions to the Software, deletions from the
Software, or merges of the Software with one or more programs owned or licensed
by Company forming an updated and otherwise modified Software.
NON-GENERIC RELEASE means a new Software Release that replaces some subset of a
Software Feature. Also known as a Software Update (SU).
OPERATING SYSTEM SOFTWARE means Software which controls and coordinates the use
of hardware among various application programs and provides an interface between
an application program and computer hardware.
ORDER means Company's form of order in electronic or written format. Each Order
shall be deemed to incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement and
the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
ORDERING COMPANY means AT&T or any of its associated corporations,
partnerships, or ventures, both U.S. and foreign, any of which may order under
this Agreement by issuing an Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL. An associated
corporation, partnership, or venture is an entity, eight percent (8%) of the
voting stock or ownership interest of which is owned directly or indirectly by
AT&T. Any Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL issued under this Agreement will
be a contractual relationship between the Ordering Company and Supplier and
Supplier shall look only to the Ordering Company for performance of the
Company's obligations under such Order, Supplemental Agreement, or TCL under
this Agreement.
PRODUCT means systems, equipment and parts thereof, including Operating System
Software and Base Firmware, but the term does not mean Software whether or not
Software is part of Firmware.
PRODUCT ACCEPTANCE means Company's acknowledgment that the Product provided or
installed by Supplier have met Company's Acceptance Test.
Q9, Q5, Q4, Q2 and Q1 means the Company Quality Gates as pertain to Orders,
Supplemental Agreements or TCLs under this Agreement as follows:
Q9 Start Development/Commitment Obtained (i.e., both parties have
executed an Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL to authorize the
start of development)
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 9 of 1
Q5 Start Verification
Q4 Start of Customer Acceptance Testing-(start of FOA or start of
testing in ITN)
Q2 Start FFA
Q1 Ready for Deployment
QUALITY PLAN means a document mutually agreed upon between Company and Supplier
that describes criteria for Development Management and acceptance testing
processes, from commitment to deployment, to ensure that each Feature meets or
exceeds Company's expected level of quality.
RELEASE means a Software delivery package which may contain one or more
Features.
SERVICES means the services provided by Supplier with respect to or independent
from Supplier's Products and Software and the operation of Ordering Company's
business including, but not limited to, any type of: (1) professional services
including architecture planning or design, consulting, program management,
system integration and testing/verification; (2) network engineering services
including preparation of equipment specifications, preparation and updating of
office records, and data creation/management services; (3) installation and
equipment removal; (4) outside plant engineering/construction services and cable
mining; (5) maintenance, repair, exchange/replacement, customer technical
support, help desk, and diagnostic services; (6) software development; (7)
initial site/new start, migration, trials, provisioning, retrofitting and
update/upgrade services; (8) training in any form; (9) logistics
(transportation, warehousing, staging, etc.); and (10) such other services as
Supplier may offer and Ordering Company may purchase from time to time.
SEVERITY LEVEL means the priority assigned by Company to a system problem.
SOFTWARE means a computer program consisting of a set of logical instructions
and tables of information which guide the functioning of a central processing
unit; such program may be contained in any medium whatsoever, including hardware
containing a pattern of bits representing such program, but the term "Software"
does not mean or include such medium. Software does not include Operating
System Software or Base Firmware.
SOFTWARE ACCEPTANCE means an acknowledgment by Company that it agrees that
Software provided by Supplier pursuant to an Order, Supplemental Agreement or
TCL has met all the requirements specified.
SOFTWARE SOURCE MATERIAL means Information consisting of all intangible source
programs, technical documentation and other information required for
maintenance, modification or correction of the most current version of the
Software supplied to Company.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 10 of 1
SPECIFICATIONS means the specifications for the Software as set forth in the
Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL or if not so set forth, shall mean
Supplier's current published specifications and user documentation for the
Software as of the date of the Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL. Any
provisions contained in Supplier's Specifications in conflict with the
provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed deleted.
SPEECH ALGORITHM PARAMETERS means a set of variables that are adjusted to
maximize recognition accuracy (including, but not limited to, proper rejection
of non-vocabulary speech, noise, and silence) of the Pattern Matching Algorithm
based on a set of test Speech Data.
SPEECH DATA means recordings of the utterances of customers interacting with
real services, or the utterances of other speakers made for the express purpose
of systematically collecting a range of vocabulary from a range of people needed
to represent vocabulary used in real services, including, but not limited to,
the binary data files representing the audio recordings themselves, the
transcriptions of what was spoken (whether in orthographic or phonetic form),
and other explanatory information about the specific circumstances of recording
and speaker, such as source, noise conditions, gender, age, accent, and speech
endpoint locations within the binary data file. Speech Data does not include
Speech Models, Speech Model Creation Algorithms, Speech Pattern Matching
Algorithms, Speech Algorithm Parameters, or Speech Grammars prepared by or on
behalf of Supplier. Speech Data may be used to train Speech Models or to test
the performance of Speech Models, Pattern Matching Algorithms, Speech Algorithm
Parameters and/or Speech Grammars.
SPEECH GRAMMARS means the set of lists of all possible sequences of words
allowable at different points within the call flow developed for a specific
Service Feature. These lists may be developed in many ways, including, as a
predetermined service requirement, or through an analysis of real customer
Speech Data.
SPEECH MODEL means a statistical average of like sounds or words across many
speakers, condensed into a pattern to distinguish one spoken sound or word from
another.
SPEECH MODEL CREATION ALGORITHM means a training algorithm that uses Speech Data
as input to create Speech Model(s).
SPEECH PATTERN MATCHING ALGORITHM means an algorithm that compares incoming
speech, in a pattern-matching task, to all possible Speech Model(s) to produce a
set of best matches of sub-words, words, or sequences of words compared to a
predetermined set of Speech Grammars.
SPEECH TECHNOLOGY means Speech Models, Speech Model Creation Algorithms, Speech
Pattern Matching Algorithms, Speech Algorithm Parameters, Speech Grammars,
Speech Tools.
SPEECH TOOLS means speech utility programs that allow for speech-related
capabilities including, but not limited to, developing phonetic vocabularies,
modifying vocabulary parameters, specifying Speech Grammars or training phonetic
Speech Models.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 11 of 1
SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT: means a contemporaneous or subsequent agreement between
an Ordering Company and Supplier which incorporates all of the terms of this
Agreement, unless specified otherwise.
SUPPLIER'S AGREEMENT REPRESENTATIVE means the person designated by Supplier as
the point of contact regarding correspondence (written, verbal or electronic)
about this Agreement from either Company or Supplier.
SUPPLIER SPECIFICATIONS means Supplier's published specifications and user
documentation describing Product, Software and/or Services.
TECHNOLOGY COMMITMENT LETTER (TCL) means a formal and binding writing signed by
both parties committing to Feature Deliverables. The TCL shall include, but not
be limited to, the following, where applicable: Feature name, FRF number, list
of FSDs, Q4 date, exclusivity status of the Feature, price and/or expense,
payment schedule, important characteristics of each Feature, and other pertinent
information.
USE means use by any individual having authorized access to the computer on
which the Software is operated.
WARRANTY PERIOD means the period of time specified in this Agreement or any
Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL during which the Supplier will warranty a
deliverable to the degree specified in agreement(s) between Supplier and
Company.
WORK means the engineering, furnishing and delivery of material and performance
of installation services under Article 9 ENGINEERING & INSTALLATION SUPPORT.
1.4 REPRESENTATIVES. Company's Agreement Representative is Dennis Carey, or
such other persons as may be designated in writing from time to time by AT&T.
Supplier's Agreement Representative is Ray Naeini, or such other persons as may
be designated in writing by Supplier from time to time.
Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, Order, Supplemental Agreement or
TCL whenever approval, authorization, communication or submission is required by
the terms of this Agreement, they shall be in writing and shall be directed to
the Agreement Representatives designated in this Agreement, as amended from time
to time.
1.5 SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATION. The obligations of the parties under this
Agreement, Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL issued pursuant to this
Agreement, which by their nature would continue beyond the termination,
cancellation or expiration of this Agreement, Order, Supplemental Agreement or
TCL including, by way of illustration only and not limitation, those in the
clauses COMPLIANCE WITH LAW, REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PARTS - CONTINUING
AVAILABILITY, PUBLICITY; ADVERTISING, IMPLEADER, INFRINGEMENT, RELEASES VOID,
REPAIR NOT UNDER WARRANTY, INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 12 of 1
RIGHTS, WARRANTY, INSURANCE and INDEMNITY, SOURCE PROGRAMS AND TECHNICAL
DOCUMENTATION, shall survive termination, cancellation or expiration of this
Agreement, Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL.
1.6 DURATION. This Agreement shall apply to all Orders, Supplemental
Agreements or TCLs placed by AT&T and Ordering Companies with Supplier during a
period of four (4) years following execution hereof unless this Agreement is
sooner terminated for cause or as mutually agreed upon. The term of this
Agreement shall automatically extend for one (1) year periods upon expiration
unless either party provides the other party sixty (60) days prior written
notice indicative of its desire to permit this Agreement to expire without
further extension of its term, in which event this Agreement shall expire on the
day before this Agreement would otherwise be automatically extended.
The termination of this Agreement shall not affect the rights and obligations of
the parties with respect to Deliverables which have been delivered by Supplier
to Company, including Supplier's obligations of warranty, repair and
replacement, nor shall it affect the rights and obligations of either party
under any outstanding Orders, Supplemental Agreements or TCLs, unless such
Orders, Supplemental Agreements or TCLs are also specifically terminated as set
forth hereafter.
ARTICLE 2 - ORDERING AND DELIVERY
2.1 FORM OF ORDER. Each Order shall be deemed to incorporate the terms and
conditions of this Agreement in such Order. An Order may be in several formats
such as, but not limited to, a Requisition for Purchase (PD001) Form, an AT&T
Corp. (ATT301) Form.
Supplier agrees to accept Orders from Ordering Companies subject to the terms
and conditions of this Agreement. The Ordering Companies shall have all the
rights and obligations of AT&T under this Agreement with respect to particular
Orders thereunder. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall govern all
purchases by the Ordering Companies notwithstanding the existence of different
or conflicting terms and conditions in the ordering and acknowledging forms of
Supplier and Company provided that conflicting terms in Company's Orders are
governed by the last paragraph of this clause.
Supplier shall provide to Company an acknowledgment of receipt of each Order in
electronic or written format within twenty four (24) hours after its receipt.
Supplier shall immediately notify Company if at any time it determines it is
unable to fulfill the Order or any of the conditions or requirements of the
Order. Such notification shall be oral followed by written confirmation within
fifteen (15) days. However, such notification by Supplier shall not in any case
affect Company's rights and remedies available under this Agreement or otherwise
for Supplier's failure or inability to comply with any Order.
Each Order so submitted shall include: (a) a description of the Deliverables
being ordered, inclusive of any numerical and/or alphabetical identification
which may be referenced in the price list therein; (b) the delivery date; (c)
the applicable price and step discount price if applicable; (d) the location to
which the Deliverables are to be delivered; (e) the location to which invoices
shall be rendered for payment; (f) payment terms, if different than those
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 13 of 1
contained in this Agreement , (g) any additional terms and conditions agreed
upon by both parties (h) scope of work (i) specifications (j) Company Technical
and Order Management Representatives (k) Company's Order number; and (l) this
Agreement number. Failure by Company to include any items in an Order shall not
affect the validity of an Order. Additional terms or terms that conflict with
the provisions of this Agreement, such as a delivery interval shorter than
provided in this Agreement, included by Company in an Order shall be deemed to
be accepted by Supplier unless Supplier provides written notification of its
objection to such term of the Order within fifteen (15) days after its receipt.
Supplier, however, shall have no right to reject any term of any Order which
complies with the terms of this Agreement and the appropriate Supplemental
Agreement.
2.2 PACKAGING AND SHIPPING. Deliverables furnished hereunder shall be
packaged, where applicable, by Supplier at no additional charge in containers
adequate to prevent damage during shipping, handling and storage. Unless
instructed otherwise by Company, Supplier shall (a) ship Orders complete, (b)
ship to the destination designated in the Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL,
(c) mark all subordinate documents with this Agreement number and the Order
number, (d) enclose a packing memorandum with each shipment and when more than
one package is shipped, identify the one containing the memorandum, and (e) mark
Company's Order number on all packages and shipping papers.
Unless otherwise directed by Company, Supplier shall (a) ship Deliverables,
where applicable, from its nearest facility capable of filling the Order,
Supplemental Agreement or TCL (b) use the lowest published common carrier rates
(rail, truck or freight forwarder), (c) prepay transportation charges, and (d)
add transportation and insurance charges at cost as a separate item on
Supplier's invoice when the cost of transportation and risk of loss is to be
borne by Company. If requested by Company, Supplier agrees to substantiate such
charges by providing Company with the original freight bill or a copy thereof.
Shipping and routing instructions may be altered, orally or in writing, as
mutually agreed upon by Supplier and Company.
2.3 TITLE TO MATERIAL; RISK OF LOSS. Unless otherwise specified herein, title
and risk of loss or damage to Product and documentary media and other tangible
"information conveying" media furnished by Supplier hereunder shall, subject to
Company's right to reject or revoke acceptance, remain with Supplier until
Product are accepted for delivery by Company or its agent at the point of
destination specified in the Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL.
Notwithstanding the above, if in any case Company pays Supplier for any Product
prior to Company's acceptance for delivery of the Product, title to such Product
shall vest in Company upon payment of the applicable invoice, but risk of loss
and damage shall remain with Supplier and shall pass to Company only upon
acceptance for delivery by Company. Acceptance for delivery involves the
acceptance for physical delivery and in no way affects acceptance of the Product
with respect to conformance with the requirements and specifications (including
the Exhibits) of an Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL. Additionally, if the
Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL calls for additional services after
delivery, such as unloading or the like, title and risk of loss or damage shall
pass to Company when such additional services have been performed by Supplier or
Supplier's representative.
2.4 CFC PACKAGING. Supplier warrants that all packaging materials furnished
under this Agreement and all packaging associated with material furnished under
this Agreement were not
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 14 of 1
manufactured using and do not contain chlorofluorocarbons. "Packaging" means
all bags, wrappings, boxes, cartons and any other packing materials used for
packaging. Supplier shall indemnify and hold Company harmless for any
liability, fine or penalty incurred by Company to any third party or
governmental agency arising out of Company's good faith reliance upon said
warranty.
2.5 HEAVY METALS IN PACKAGING. Supplier warrants to Company that no lead,
cadmium, mercury or hexavalent chromium have been intentionally added to any
packaging or packaging component (as defined under applicable laws) to be
provided to Company under this Agreement. Supplier further warrants to Company
that the sum of the concentration levels of lead, cadmium, mercury and
hexavalent chromium in the package or packaging component provided to Company
under this Agreement does not exceed 100 parts per million. Upon request,
Supplier shall provide to Company Certificates of Compliance certifying that the
packaging and/or packaging components provided under this Agreement are in
compliance with the requirements set forth above in this clause. Supplier shall
indemnify and hold Company harmless for any liability, fine or penalty incurred
by Company to any third party or governmental agency arising out of Company's
good faith reliance upon said warranties or any Certificates of Compliance.
2.6 OZONE DEPLETING SUBSTANCE LABELING. Supplier hereby warrants and certifies
that all products, including packaging and packaging components, provided to
Company under this Agreement have been accurately labeled in accordance with the
requirements of 40 CFR Part 82 entitled "Protection of Stratospheric Ozone,
Subpart E - The Labeling of Products Using Ozone Depleting Substances."
Supplier agrees to indemnify, defend and save harmless Company, its officers,
directors and employees from and against any losses, damages, claims, demands,
suits, liabilities, fines, penalties, and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees) that may be sustained by reason of Supplier's non-compliance
with such applicable law or the terms of this warranty and certification.
2.7 DELIVERY. For Product ordered hereunder, a mutually agreeable delivery
date shall be set in the Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL prior to the
placement of the Order for such Product.
In the event that Supplier exceeds the delivery date, then in addition to all
other rights and remedies at law or equity or otherwise, and without any
liability or obligation of Company, Company shall have the right to: (a) cancel
such purchase order, or (b) extend such delivery date to a later date, subject,
however, to the right to cancel as in (a) preceding if delivery is not made or
performance is not completed on or before such extended delivery date. If
Company elects to extend such delivery date, Supplier agrees to absorb the
difference between the charges to ship normal transportation and the charges to
ship premium overnight.
Supplier agrees not to deliver Deliverables prior to the agreed upon delivery
date without Company's prior written authorization.
2.8 METHOD OF TRANSPORTATION. Supplier shall at Company's request utilize
Company's contract carriers for the transportation of all equipment under this
Agreement, Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL. Supplier shall coordinate the
transportation of all equipment
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 15 of 1
with Company's carrier and advise Company's carrier that the material is being
transported in accordance with Company and carrier's agreement.
2.9 TIMELY PERFORMANCE. If Supplier has knowledge that anything prevents or
threatens to prevent Supplier's timely performance under this Agreement
including any milestone schedule(s) in any Order(s), Supplemental Agreement(s)
or TCL(s), Supplier shall immediately notify Company's Technical Representative
thereof and include all relevant information concerning the delay or potential
delay.
2.10 MONTHLY SHIPMENT AND INSTALLATION REPORTS. Supplier agrees to render to
Company's Order Management Representative monthly shipment reports on or before
the fifth working day of the succeeding month. Such reports will be submitted
to the designated Company Order Management Representative described in the
Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL.
2.11 CHANGES IN SCOPE. Company may, at any time, by written notice, advise
Supplier of Company's intent to make changes in, additions to, alterations of,
or deductions from (all hereinafter referred to as "Change"), the work performed
hereunder. Within twenty (20) days after a written request for a Change(s),
Supplier shall promptly so advise and submit to Company, notification specifying
the impact of such change on the price or the time required for performance.
Company shall, either (a) accept the proposal, in which event Company shall
issue a written Order or TCL directing Supplier to perform the Change(s), or
(b) advise Supplier not to perform the Change(s). Thereafter, if Company elects
to make such changes, an equitable adjustment to all appropriate terms and
conditions, including the amount to be paid to Supplier and the time for
performance, shall be made and the Order or TCL shall be modified accordingly
with an amendment executed by both parties.
If the cost of supplies or materials made obsolete or excess as a result of such
change is included in Supplier's claim for adjustment, Company shall have the
right to prescribe the manner of disposition of such supplies or materials. Any
claim for adjustment under this clause must be asserted within thirty (30) days
from the date the change is ordered. However, if Company determines that the
facts justify such action, it may receive, consider and adjust any such claim
asserted at any time prior to the date of final payment. Nothing contained in
this clause shall excuse Supplier from proceeding with the work so changed.
2.12 CHANGES TO DELIVERABLES BY SUPPLIER. Any change that Supplier proposes to
the Deliverables furnished hereunder and the documentation related thereto that
would impact upon (a) reliability, (b) the Deliverable's specifications, or (c)
form, fit, or function requires the approval of Company. Supplier shall forward
such proposed change to the Company Technical Representative, at least sixty
(60) days prior to the proposed effective date except for those cases where an
extremely unsatisfactory condition requires immediate action, in which case
Supplier shall promptly advise Company. Supplier shall at the time of
notification, provide Company with (a) a product change number, (b) a
description of such change, (c) the reason for such change, (d) a classification
of such change in accordance with the change classifications below, (e) a
description of the impact of such change upon (i) reliability, (ii) the
Deliverable's specifications, and (iii) form, fit, or function; (f) proposed
price impact, if any, for Class B changes, and (g) proposed effective date for
such change and recommended implementation schedule therefor.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 16 of 1
Any change in Deliverables shall be classified into one of the following two
classes:
"A" Changes which are needed to correct inoperative electrical or
mechanical conditions, or extremely unsatisfactory operating or
maintenance conditions, or conditions which result in safety
hazards, and which are judged severe enough to have to be made to
all Deliverables in process, stock, or installed. (Any conditional
application criteria to be specified in the change notification
document.)
"B" Changes which are sufficiently important to justify their
application to Deliverables being manufactured (as soon as
reasonably possible), and which are recommended for application to
existing installations in the field. Examples of this class of
change may include, but are not limited to:
(a) Providing new features that directly affect subscriber service;
(b) Providing design improvements which result in better service
capabilities, longer life or improved transmission margins;
(c) Providing changes in design which result in important cost
savings to Company; and
(d) Changes of a mandatory nature, for example, the fulfillment of
federal registration or future compatibility requirements, or
for conditions of sufficient importance to be intended for
universal application (change to be shown as "recommended").
The final classification of any product change proposed by
Supplier will be by mutual agreement between Supplier and
Company.
For Class A changes, Supplier shall, pursuant to the provisions of this
Agreement governing repair or replacement of Deliverables under warranty,
replace or modify, at no charge, all affected Deliverables furnished hereunder
and documentation related thereto. Supplier shall supply relevant documentation
to Company for all Class A changes. Supplier shall propose a schedule for the
application of these changes at all Deliverable locations which shall not exceed
six (6) months from date of change notice. This schedule shall be mutually
agreed upon by Company and Supplier.
For Class B changes, Supplier shall first notify Company of the exact nature of
the change. Details on the proposed implementation procedure for Deliverables
which is being or will be manufactured shall be discussed with Company. Company
shall, at its option, determine if Deliverables previously shipped will be
replaced or modified. Should such replacements or modifications be deemed
necessary, Supplier shall, pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement
governing repair of Deliverables not covered under warranty, make arrangements
for the necessary Deliverables replacement or modification at prices and
schedules to be mutually agreed upon by Company and Supplier prior to
implementation. Documentation related thereto shall be provided by Supplier as
specified for Class A above.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 17 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
In the event that Supplier and Company shall fail to reach agreement on any such
change in Deliverables to be made by Supplier, then in addition to all other
rights and remedies of law or equity or otherwise, AT&T shall, without any
charge, obligation or liability whatsoever, have the right to terminate this
Agreement and Company shall have the right to terminate any or all Orders for
Deliverables affected by such change.
2.13 THIRD PARTY EQUIPMENT. Supplier agrees to advise Company of all third
party products represented in Supplier's Product prior to the placement of an
Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL. Company shall have the right to obtain
all or part of such third party products directly from the third party
product(s) provider(s) if Company so chooses. Such third party product(s) may
be shipped directly to Company site or Supplier's site as deemed appropriate for
incorporation into equipment. Supplier shall provide Company with third party
product descriptions, part numbers, accessories, options and delivery
requirement dates required for incorporation into Supplier's Product. The
parties shall mutually agree upon integration, service and warranty charges
applicable to any such third party products obtained by Company.
ARTICLE 3 -- PRICES AND PAYMENT
3.1 AGREEMENT PRICE. The Supplier agrees to sell all Deliverables ordered
during the term of this Agreement by Company and its Ordering Companies at
prices mutually agreed upon. Prices stated in Exhibit A, "Prices and Payment
Schedule for the ******* Service" are specifically for the ******* Service.. The
cost of transportation for initial delivery is to be borne by the Supplier
unless specifically provided that the cost of transportation is to be borne by
Company.
For additional Features and project development, Supplier shall offer prices to
Company in an offer on a per product or Feature basis ("Estimated Quote"). The
Estimated Quote from Supplier to Company shall include the (1) proposed price,
(2) proposed date of delivery, (3) and other mutually agreed upon information.
When determining the proposed price, Supplier will include those items described
in Clause 3.2 SOFTWARE PRICE AND PAYMENT, listed under "Firm Price Quote" below.
Provided that the final requirements do not change significantly, when final
requirements are agreed upon, Supplier will provide a firm price ("Firm Price
Quote") that will be no higher than the Estimated Quote.
3.2 SOFTWARE PRICE AND PAYMENT. The Feature Software development price will be
the Firm Price Quote as negotiated between the Parties.
Included in the agreed to Firm Price Quote are:
- license or assignment fee, as appropriate
- development cost
- documentation
- training
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 18 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
- Feature integration
- technology trials
- warranty
- software development environment
- project management
- supervision
- management
- uplift and/or extended warranty
- growth and retrofit
- post warranty repair and support
Items to be itemized as part of Software price shall be as follows:
- license or assignment fee, as appropriate
- warranty
Software Payment Schedule:
The payment schedule for Feature Software development shall be according to the
table shown below, but may be amended on a project basis via changes in Mutually
agreed upon in writing.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Payments Milestone
-------- ---------
<S> <C>
*** ***
*** ***
*** ***
</TABLE>
3.3 PRODUCT PRICE AND PAYMENT. The new project or Product price will be the
Firm Price Quote as negotiated between the Parties.
Included in the agreed to Firm Price Quote are:
- hardware including Operating System Software and Base Firmware
- engineer, furnish and install (EF&I )
- shipping
- installation training
- operation and maintenance training
- warranty
- insurance
Items to be itemized as part of Product price shall be as follows:
- hardware including Operating System Software and Base Firmware
- EF&I
- shipping
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 19 of 1
- insurance
The payment schedule for Product shall be per Clause 3.5 BILLING AND PAYMENT
in this Agreement.
For Product, which Company has ordered but wishes to cancel, Company shall pay
to Supplier, Supplier's cost, less the amount received by Supplier for the sale
or return of such Product, as set forth in the next sentence. Supplier shall
make a reasonable attempt to sell such Product to a third party for a reasonable
price or return it to Supplier's source and if such Product is sold or returned
within ninety (90) days of cancellation then the amount received by Supplier
from such sale or return, less any unreimbursed shipping and insurance charges
will be credited against the Company's cancellation charges.
3.4 TERMS NO LESS FAVORABLE. Supplier has assured Company that for all
Deliverables covered by this Agreement, that all prices, terms, warranties and
benefits granted to Company by Supplier under this Agreement are at least equal
to those now offered by Supplier to any of its customers with the same volume of
Deliverables as covered by this Agreement. If, prior to the termination of this
Agreement, Supplier should enter into an arrangement with any other customer
with similar services providing greater benefits or a lower price than
applicable to Company under this Agreement, this Agreement shall thereupon be
deemed to be amended effective immediately as of the date of such lower price or
greater benefit to provide to Company all such greater benefits and lower prices
and Supplier shall adjust (retroactively if necessary) all prices to such lower
prices and provide such greater benefits for all outstanding Orders and any Work
or Services not yet provided or if provided not yet billed. Supplier shall give
Company immediate written notice of any such lower prices or greater benefits
referred to in this clause. With respect to Orders that have been placed, but
the work to fulfill such Orders has not been completed, as of the date of such
lower price or greater benefit, no adjustment shall be made if the reason for
the lower price or greater benefit is because of modifications by third parties
or other reasons not within the control of Supplier.
3.5 BILLING AND PAYMENT. Supplier shall render to Company's Order Management
Representative (a) invoices in duplicate, showing Order number, Agreement
number, serial number or number identifying the Deliverables, and if bills of
lading are not available, through routing and weight, (b) separate invoices for
each shipment or Order, (c) shipping notices and bills of lading containing
Order number and description of Deliverables, and (d) mail or otherwise transmit
invoices, bills of lading and shipping notices to the billing address on the
Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL.
Supplier shall not render invoices for Product until shipped, Software until the
appropriate Quality Gate has been passed as specified in Clause 3.2 SOFTWARE
PRICE AND PAYMENT or Services until Services are completed, provided that
invoices will not be rendered where Company has rejected the Deliverables for
non-compliance with this Agreement, Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL, unless
otherwise agreed upon by both parties in writing.
In addition to the above mentioned invoicing procedures, Supplier, when
submitting invoices, shall show Product codes pursuant Clause 6.9 MARKING (c)
against all billable Products.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 20 of 1
Failure to provide Product codes may delay processing of payment until proper
coding is provided by Supplier.
Unless otherwise stated herein, payment shall be rendered net thirty (30) days
from the date of delivery of the Deliverables, completion of Services to
Company, or in accordance with the Order or TCLs milestone payment schedule and
following receipt by Company of an accurate invoice. In the event of shortages
or nonconformities, Company may withhold payment for the portion of the Order or
TCL which is short or nonconforming until the appropriate corrections are made
by Supplier.
3.6 TAXES. Company shall be liable for and shall reimburse Supplier only for
the following tax payments with respect to transactions under this Agreement
unless Company advises Supplier that an exemption applies: state and local
sales and use taxes, as applicable. Taxes payable by Company shall be billed as
separate items on Supplier's invoices and shall not be included in Supplier's
prices. Company shall have the right to have Supplier contest any such taxes
that Company deems improperly levied at Company's expense and subject to its
direction and control.
3.7 RECORDS. Records of all amounts billable to and paid by Company under this
Agreement shall be kept by Supplier on a generally accepted accounting basis and
shall be available to Company or its authorized representatives for audit during
normal business hours until three (3) years after final payment for equipment
has been made. Supplier agrees to provide reasonable supporting documentation
concerning any disputed amount invoiced to Company within thirty (30) days after
Company provides written notification of the dispute to Supplier.
ARTICLE 4 -- INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
4.1 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Any specifications, drawings, sketches, models,
samples, data, computer programs, reports, work, work product, documentation, or
other technical or business information ("Information") marked AT&T
"Confidential" or "Proprietary" which are either furnished or disclosed by
Company or developed by Supplier hereunder is the property of and shall be
deemed confidential to Company and shall be returned to Company at the
conclusion of this Agreement, or shall be destroyed if Company shall so direct
in writing. Unless such information was previously known to Supplier free of
any obligation to keep it confidential, or is subsequently made public by
Company or a third party having a legal right to make such disclosure, it shall
be held in confidence by Supplier, shall be used only for purposes hereunder,
and may be used for other purposes only upon such terms and conditions as may be
mutually agreed upon in writing. Supplier shall obligate each of its employees,
agents and subcontractors to keep such Information confidential in accordance
with the foregoing requirements. Such obligations shall be in writing which
shall recite that such Information is the property of Company and is to be held
in confidence, shall refer to this Agreement by number, and shall be signed by
each of Supplier's employees, agents and subcontractors having access to such
Information.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 21 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
4.2 Supplier's Information. No specifications, drawings, sketches, models,
samples, data, tools, computer or other apparatus programs, documentation,
works, work products, or other tangible or intangible technical or business
information, written, oral or otherwise expressed, furnished or disclosed by
Supplier to Company under this Agreement or in contemplation hereof shall be
considered by Supplier to be confidential or proprietary unless otherwise
mutually agreed to between both parties in an executed agreement.
4.3 INFRINGEMENT. The following terms apply to any infringement, or claim of
infringement, of any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other
proprietary interest based on the manufacture, installation, normal use, lease
or sale of any equipment, program, documentation, service, Software, Product or
material ("material") furnished to Company under this Agreement or in
contemplation of this Agreement. Supplier shall indemnify AT&T and its customers
for any loss, damage, expense or liability that may result by reason of such
infringement or claim, except where such infringement or claim arises solely
from Supplier's adherence to AT&T's written instruction or directions which
involve the use of material other than (1) commercial material which is
available on the open market, or is the same as such material, or (2) material
of Suppliers origin, design or election; and AT&T shall so indemnify Supplier in
such excepted cases. In connection with Supplier's obligation under this
clause, and without limiting the generality of this clause, Supplier
specifically agrees to indemnify Company in connection with any claim or
potential claim of infringement of *****************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************. Each party shall defend or settle, at its own
expense, any action or suit against the other for which it is responsible under
this clause. Each party shall notify the other promptly of any claim of
infringement for which the other is responsible, and shall cooperate with the
other in every reasonable way to facilitate the defense of any such claim.
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, Supplier shall indemnify
Company and its customers to the full extent of any damages. If in any action,
any part of, or an entire Deliverable furnished by Supplier under this Agreement
is held, or in Supplier's reasonable opinion is likely to be held to constitute
an infringement of a third party intellectual property right, then Supplier may
at its sole expense, and upon reasonable notice to Company and at Company's
convenience first a) procure for Company the right to continue to use the
Deliverable, or second b) replace or modify the Deliverable with non-infringing
functionally equivalent Deliverable. As a third option if options (a) and (b)
of the preceding sentence are in Supplier's and Company's reasonable opinion, to
be mutually agreed upon in good faith between the parties, not available, then
Company shall cease use of such Deliverable or part thereof and Supplier shall
refund to Company the purchase price or license fee paid by Company for such
infringing part or Deliverable minus a depreciated amount calculated using a
straight line depreciation method over a five year period. If the third option
"c" cannot be agreed upon between the parties and upon thirty days written
notice by Supplier to Company of Supplier's election to proceed under this
sentence, then Company may continue to use such infringing Deliverable or part
thereof and Supplier's obligation to indemnify Company under this clause shall
cease from the date of expiration of such notice forward provided that Supplier
refunds Company the purchase price or license fee for such infringing part of
the Deliverable minus the depreciated amount based on the same
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 22 of 1
calculations in the preceding sentence. Supplier agrees that acceptance of a
refund does not preclude Company from pursuing against Supplier any remedies
that Supplier may have at law, in equity or both.
4.4. INVENTIONS. Supplier agrees that if any designs, inventions, discoveries,
or improvements, whether or not patentable, are conceived, first reduced to
practice, made, or developed in anticipation of, in the course of, or as a
result of development work done under this Agreement by Supplier or by one or
more of Supplier's employees, consultants, representatives, or agents
(associates), unless it can be shown that the development work was done solely
or primarily outside the scope of this Agreement, Supplier will assign to
Company Supplier's and Supplier's associates' entire right, title, and interest
in and to such designs, inventions, discoveries and improvements, and any
patents that may be granted thereon in any jurisdiction of the world. Supplier
also agrees that, without charge to Company, Supplier will and will have
Supplier's associates sign all papers and do all acts which may be necessary,
desirable, or convenient to enable Company at Company's expense to file and
prosecute applications for patents on such designs, inventions, discoveries, and
improvements, and to maintain patents granted thereon. Supplier further agrees
to grant and hereby grants to Company and AT&T, under any patent issued in any
jurisdiction of the world for any invention made prior to the completion of the
work done under this Agreement, nonexclusive, royalty-free licenses (to the
extent Supplier has the right to do so) to make, have made, use, lease, sell,
and import any product or facility including or derived from the work done under
this Agreement. The licenses so granted to Company and AT&T include the right
to grant sublicenses to their respective affiliates, associated companies and
customers. Supplier also agrees to acquire from Supplier's associates such
assignments, rights, and covenants as to assure that Company and AT&T shall
receive the rights provided for in this INVENTIONS clause. The parties may
mutually designate in a Supplemental Agreement, TCL or other mutually agreed
writing, that designs, inventions, discoveries or improvements arising in the
course of or as a result of certain development work done under this Agreement
are to be considered to be property of Supplier.
4.5 DEVELOPED INFORMATION. Supplier agrees that Supplier will and, where
applicable, will have Supplier's associates (as defined in Clause 4.4
INVENTIONS), disclose and furnish promptly to Company any and all business and
technical information, computer or other apparatus programs (in both source and
object code format), specifications, drawings, records, documentation, works of
authorship or other creative works, ideas, knowledge, or data, written, oral, or
otherwise expressed ("Information"), originated or developed by Supplier or by
any of Supplier's associates as a result of Supplier's performance under, or in
anticipation of, this Agreement unless it can be shown that such Information was
developed or originated solely or primarily outside the scope of this Agreement.
Supplier further agrees that all such Information shall be Company's property,
shall be kept in confidence by Supplier and Supplier's associates, shall be used
only in the filling of Orders hereunder, and may not be used for other purposes
except upon such terms as may be agreed upon between the parties in writing.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 23 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
If such Information includes materials previously developed or copyrighted by
Supplier and can be shown to have been developed or originated solely or
primarily outside the scope of this Agreement, Supplier agrees to grant and
hereby grants to Company and AT&T a nonexclusive, royalty-free license to use,
have used, and copy for Company's business operations, not covering expansions,
such materials. The licenses so granted to Company and to AT&T include the
right to sub-license or assign, whole or in part, not including expansions, to
the respective affiliates, associated companies and customers.
Supplier also agrees to acquire from Supplier's associates such assignments,
rights, and covenants as to assure that AT&T shall receive the rights provided
for in this DEVELOPED INFORMATION clause.
4.6 AUTHORSHIP AND COPYRIGHT. The entire right, title, and interest, including
copyright, in all original work of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of
expression heretofore or hereafter created under this Agreement by Supplier, or
on Supplier's behalf, for Company or furnished to Company under this Agreement
is hereby transferred to and vested in Company, unless it can be shown that the
work was created solely or primarily outside the scope of this Agreement. The
parties expressly agree to consider as work made for hire those work ordered or
commissioned by Company which qualify as such in accordance with the Copyright
laws. For all such original work, Supplier agrees to provide documentation
satisfactory to Company to assure the conveyance of all such right, title, and
interest, including copyright, to Company.
4.7 LICENSES. Company grants no licenses, express or implied, under any
patents, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property rights are
granted by Company to Supplier by virtue of this Agreement.
4.8 EXCLUSIVITY DESIGNATION. In the event that Company has waived its rights,
in writing, under Clause 4.5 DEVELOPED INFORMATION, then Company and Supplier
have agreed to consider certain Features as exclusive or non-exclusive. For
Features designated as non-exclusive, Company agrees that it has waived its
rights, in writing, under Clause 4.5 DEVELOPED INFORMATION. Features designated
as exclusive shall remain exclusive to Company for a period of **************,
unless mutually agreed otherwise. The exclusive status of each Feature will be
indicated in writing in an Order or a separate document. Supplier agrees that it
shall not license to a third party any Feature which is designated as exclusive
to Company without the express written concurrence of Company during the
exclusivity period set forth herein. The exclusive status and period of
exclusivity will be mutually agreed upon in writing and signed by authorized
representatives of both parties. Such writing shall include a description of
each Feature or component addition and the exclusivity period, if any. Such
writing may be in an Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL so long as it meets
the conditions set forth above.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 24 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
The time period for exclusivity shall begin at Q1 or 90 days after Q2, whichever
is earlier. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Supplier agrees that the time period
for exclusivity shall not begin until the Q2 exit criteria set forth in the
Quality Plan (which is incorporated herein by reference) have been met. In the
event that Supplier's Product or Deliverables related to a particular exclusive
Feature does not conform to the aforementioned Q2 exit criteria, Company may
after appropriate notification to Supplier exercise its right to terminate the
development of such Feature pursuant to Clause 8.2 CANCELLATION of this
Agreement.
Supplier agrees that during the Q9 to Q1 period, Supplier will not disclose,
license, market, or sell any Feature designated as exclusive to any third party
without Company's express prior written approval. The parties agree that
Supplier may reuse non-exclusive Features but such reuse shall be limited to
use in other Supplier products, and that Supplier may license any Software or
sell any product containing such non-exclusive Features to customers other than
Company. In no event shall the foregoing provisions of this clause: (a)
restrict Supplier's ability to license such non-exclusive Features to a third
party for the manufacture by such party for products to be licensed or sold
under Supplier's trademark; (b) restrict Supplier's ability to execute license
agreements for non-exclusive Features granting source code rights in the event
of bankruptcy or inability or unwillingness to perform maintenance services.
In the event that Supplier utilizes non-exclusive Features or portions thereof,
developed and funded *************************** or more by Company, and
licenses or sells such Features or portions thereof, to customers other than
Company or an Ordering Company, the parties shall mutually agree on the
financial remuneration or credit to be provided to Company. It is understood by
the parties that the remuneration shall apply only to those Features or portions
thereof used by Supplier, and shall not include any remuneration for incremental
development performed by Supplier to make the Features or portions thereof
salable to other customers. The amount of the remuneration or credit shall be
equal to *************** of the gross margin Supplier receives from each sale or
license of the non-exclusive Feature to a third party, such remuneration shall
in no event exceed the amount paid or payable by Company for such non-exclusive
Features.
Exclusivity Designation for the first commitment described in Exhibit B *******
Service and Configuration Description" is contained in Exhibit C "Exclusivity
Designation for ******* Release 1.0"
4.9 SPEECH DATA AND SPEECH TECHNOLOGY. Supplier agrees with respect to
Features designated as exclusive under Clause 4.8 EXCLUSIVITY DESIGNATION of
this Agreement to hold in confidence all Speech Data assembled from trials,
assembled in the process of developing such Features, and all Speech Data from
the ITN or from the field. Supplier further agrees that all such Speech Data
assembled to test exclusive Features shall be considered AT&T Proprietary
information and, accordingly, shall be held in confidence by Supplier.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 25 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
Supplier agrees that Company does not grant to Supplier the right to use such
collected Speech Data for any purpose whatsoever other than to enable Supplier
to perform under this Agreement. Supplier shall provide a copy of all Speech
Data to Company, including transcriptions of what was spoken (whether in
orthographic or phonetic form), and other explanatory information about the
specific circumstances of recording and speaker, such as, but not limited to,
time and date of recording, source, noise conditions, gender, age, accent, and
speech endpoint locations within the binary data file, to the extent that
Supplier needs to make such transcriptions and associate such explanatory
information with the recordings in the course of fulfilling its obligations to
develop, test and support Software under this Agreement.
Company agrees that Supplier has license to or owns all Speech Technology that
either pre-existed this Agreement or was developed or obtained by Supplier
independently of Supplier's work funded by Company under this Agreement,
provided that Supplier has not assigned ownership of such pre-existing or
independently-developed Speech Technology to Company pursuant to one or more
other agreements between Company and Supplier. Company further agrees that such
pre-existing or independently-developed Speech Technology is not exclusive to
Company. Company further agrees that Supplier has license to or owns all Speech
Technology associated with all Features provided by Supplier under this
Agreement. Supplier agrees that each Speech Model, Speech Tools and/or each
Speech Grammar created pursuant to this Agreement to implement any exclusive
Feature shall be exclusive to Company. Supplier further agrees that the
specific combination of Speech Model(s), Speech Model Creation Algorithm(s),
Speech Algorithm Parameters, Speech Pattern Matching Algorithm(s), and Speech
Grammars, that together provide means to implement any exclusive Feature, will
be exclusive to Company. For the purposes of this paragraph, the period for
exclusivity shall begin at Q1 or 90 days after Q2, whichever is earlier, for
each single exclusive Feature and continue for a period of ***************.
ARTICLE 5 -- RISK MANAGEMENT
5.1 TERMINATION, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. Supplier represents that Deliverables
shall (a) meet or exceed specifications referred to in the technical
specifications, and (b) be delivered, where applicable, within the timeframe(s)
specified in the project schedule of the applicable Order, Supplemental
Agreement or TCL and by the delivery date set forth in the applicable Order,
Supplemental Agreement or TCL.
(A) Termination. In the event Supplier shall be in breach or default of
any of the terms, conditions or covenants of this Agreement, Order, Supplemental
Agreement or TCL placed hereunder and such breach or default shall continue for
a period of thirty (30) days after the giving of written notice to Supplier
thereof by AT&T or Company, as the case may be, then in addition to all other
rights and remedies of law or equity or otherwise, AT&T shall have the right to
terminate this Agreement and Company shall have the right to terminate any such
Orders hereunder without any charge, obligation or liability whatsoever, except
as to the payment for Deliverables and services already received and accepted by
Company.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 26 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
Company may at any time terminate any one or more Orders placed hereunder and
AT&T may also terminate this Agreement when, in the exercise of their respective
reasonable discretion AT&T or Company as the case may be, determines that the
state of technology or its business requirements make further purchases of
Deliverables unreasonable. Unless otherwise specified herein, Company's
liability to Supplier with respect to such terminated Agreement, Order,
Supplemental Agreement or TCL shall be limited to ****************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
*************************. If requested, Supplier agrees to substantiate such
costs and profits with proof satisfactory to Company.
(B) Exercise of Rights and Remedies. AT&T shall have the right to cancel
this Agreement and Company shall have the right to cancel or reschedule Orders,
Supplemental Agreements or TCLs as referred to above in this clause. In
addition, AT&T or Company as the case may be, shall have all rights and remedies
and Supplier shall have all obligations and liabilities under Clause 7.1
WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE SERVICES and Clause 7.3 WARRANTY clauses of this
Agreement with respect to the default condition. In the event of any other
breach or default by Supplier of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or
other provisions of this Agreement or any Orders, Supplemental Agreements or
TCLs placed hereunder, AT&T or Company as the case may be, shall be entitled to
every remedy and right provided in this Agreement and available in law or in
equity.
(C) Orders, Supplemental Agreements or TCLs. If (i) Supplier fails to
deliver Deliverables by *********** days after the date in the Order,
Supplemental Agreement or TCL for delivery; or (ii) if any Deliverables fails to
meet the specifications, features and other requirements of an Order,
Supplemental Agreement or TCL or any Deliverables is not accepted by Company
because of a deficiency or deficiencies, and Supplier has not remedied all such
failures and deficiencies within ********************************** after
installation acceptance test, Company shall have the right to cancel the Order,
Supplemental Agreement or TCL. Company will give Supplier written notice if it
discovers failures or deficiencies referred to above. This Section C does not
limit Company's other rights and remedies for such failures or deficiencies or
for failures or deficiencies discovered by Company more than thirty (30) days
after installation acceptance test of Product or Software.
5.2 INDEMNITY. All persons furnished by Supplier shall be considered solely
Supplier's employees or agents, and Supplier shall be responsible for
withholding and payment of all unemployment, social security and other payroll
taxes, including contributions when required by law. Supplier agrees to
indemnify and save harmless AT&T, its affiliates, and its customers and their
officers, directors, employees, successors, and assignees (all hereinafter
referred to in this clause as "AT&T") from and against any losses, damages,
claims, demands, suits, liabilities, and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees) that arise out of or result from: (1) injuries
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 27 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
or death to persons or damage to property, including theft, in any way arising
out of or occasioned by, caused by or on account of the performance of the work
or services performed by Supplier or persons furnished by Supplier, (2)
assertions under Workers' Compensation or similar acts made by persons furnished
by Supplier or by any subcontractor, or by reason of any injuries to such
persons for which AT&T would be responsible under Workers' Compensation or
similar acts if the persons were employed by AT&T, (3) any failure on the part
of Supplier to satisfy all claims for labor, Deliverables, materials, and other
obligations relating directly or indirectly to the performance of the Services;
or (4) any failure by Supplier to perform Supplier's obligations under this
clause or Clause 5.3 INSURANCE. Supplier agrees to defend AT&T, at AT&T's
request, against any such claim, demand, or suit. AT&T agrees to notify
Supplier within a reasonable time of any written claims or demands against AT&T
for which Supplier is responsible under this clause. Supplier's obligation to
defend AT&T from any claims, demands and suits shall arise upon a third party
alleging a claim, making a demand or filing a suit that is subject to
indemnification under this clause.
5.3 INSURANCE. Supplier shall maintain and cause Supplier's subcontractors to
maintain during the term of this Agreement (a) Workers compensation insurance as
prescribed by the law of the state or nation in which the work is performed, (b)
employer's liability insurance with limits of at least $100,000 for each
occurrence; (c) comprehensive automobile liability insurance if the use of motor
vehicles is required, with limits of at least $1,000,000 combined single limit
for bodily injury and property damage for each occurrence, (d) Commercial
General Liability ("CGL") insurance, including Blanket Contractual Liability and
Broad Form Property damage, with limits of at least $1,000,000 combined single
limit for personal injury and property damage for each occurrence; and (e) if
the furnishing to Company (by sale or otherwise) of products or material is
involved, CGL insurance endorsed to include products liability and completed
operations coverage in the amount of $2,000,000 in the aggregate. All CGL
insurance shall designate AT&T Corp., its affiliates and their officers,
directors, and employees (all hereinafter referred to in this clause as "AT&T")
as an additional insured. All such insurance must be primary and required to
respond and pay prior to any other available coverage.
Supplier agrees that Supplier, Supplier's insurer(s), and anyone claiming by,
through, under, or in Supplier's behalf shall have no claim, right of action, or
right of subrogation against AT&T and its customers based on any loss or
liability insured under the foregoing insurance. Supplier and Supplier's
subcontractors shall furnish prior to the start of work in connection with this
Agreement, certificates or adequate proof of the foregoing insurance including,
if specifically requested by AT&T, copies of the endorsements and insurance
policies. AT&T shall be notified in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to
cancellation of or any change in this policy.
5.4 NETWORK OUTAGES. Supplier acknowledges that a Network Outage (defined as
an FCC Reportable Incident, that is, an incident that causes the blocking of
30,000 or more calls and an outage duration of 30 minutes or more to AT&T's core
network, excluding the isolated failure by the System to receive or deliver
voice messages) will cause damage to Company in an amount impossible to
ascertain. Supplier agrees to pay Company, as liquidated damages and not as a
penalty, ******************* of the total amount of the invoice to Company
during the term of this
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 28 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
Agreement and no less than ********************************** per occurrence in
the event of a Network Outage caused in substantial part by Supplier in
connection with Deliverables, whether or not by breach of warranty and whether
before, during or after any Warranty Period. With respect to a Network Outage
caused in substantial part by Supplier in connection with Deliverables,
Supplier's total liability for damages for Network Outages, including the
liquidated damages described herein shall be as set forth in this section, not
to exceed the amount of ***** *************************************** for any
calendar year. If Company intends to pursue liquidated damages then Company
agrees to notify Supplier within one (1) year of such Network Outage. At
Company's option, Company may take all or part of the payment as a credit
against any invoice due or to become due to Supplier.
5.5 LATE DELIVERY. Supplier acknowledges that its failure to deliver fully
conforming Product and/or Software within the time specified in an Order,
Supplemental Agreement or TCL, and which causes a delay in the schedule, will
cause serious damage to Company and on account of the great difficulty if not
impossibility of ascertaining and proving the amount of such damage, Supplier
agrees to pay to Company, as liquidated damages sustained by Company resulting
from such delay, and not as a penalty, the sum as specified in the table below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Week Delay (per full week) Percent of Net Price
-------------------------- --------------------
<S> <C>
********** **********
********** **********
********** **********
********** **********
********** **********
</TABLE>
The total percentage for liquidated damages for each occurrence of late delivery
shall not exceed **** of net price.
If the delay in schedule is corrected, and the project meets its next major
milestone, and Company has not incurred any extraordinary or additional expense,
then Supplier will not be liable for any liquidated damages for the occurrence
of late delivery. If Company intends to pursue liquidated damages then Company
agrees to notify Supplier within two (2) years of the delay in schedule.
It is further agreed that such sums, without further proof of same, shall be
deemed to represent damages actually sustained by Company by reason of such
delay. Company and Supplier agree to use their best efforts to remain on
schedule.
5.6 SERVICE AVAILABILITY. If during the previous contiguous 12 month period,
Deliverables provided by Supplier pursuant to this Agreement fail to meet the
service availability requirements ( usually an average of such twelve (12) month
period ) as specified in the appropriate Company's Specification document , then
this will cause damage to Company an amount impossible to ascertain. Supplier
agrees to pay Company, as liquidated damages and
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 29 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
not as a penalty, the sum of ******************************* per occurrence of
failure to meet service availability requirements caused solely by Supplier in
connection with Deliverables, whether or not by breach of warranty and whether
before or during any Warranty Period or during the period of time that Company
has a service agreement with Supplier covering the applicable Deliverables.
Following each occurrence when this clause is exercised, the next 12 month
period shall be counted going forward and not counting the months looking back
following the month in which this clause is exercised. At Company's option,
Company may take all or part of the payment as a credit against any invoice due
or to become due to Supplier.
Company shall have the right to offset amounts owed to it as liquidated damages
under this clause against any amounts owed to Supplier under this Agreement, or
any Orders, Supplemental Agreements or TCLs placed pursuant to this Agreement,
or under any other agreement.
In addition to the payment of liquidated damages for ordered Product, Supplier's
failure to deliver conforming Product within the time specified in this
Agreement or such Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL shall give Company the
right at any time to cancel this General Agreement, any Orders, Supplemental
Agreements or TCLs placed pursuant to this Agreement, in whole or in part, and
to place no future Orders, Supplemental Agreements or TCLs under this Agreement.
If Company elects to cancel an Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCLs on which
liquidated damages for late delivery are still accruing, such accrual shall
cease on the effective date of the cancellation.
Liquidated damages concerning the service availability requirements are not
intended to be cumulative with other damages, Company may choose to recover
actual damages or liquidated damages. If Company intends to pursue liquidated
damages then Company agrees to notify Supplier within one (1) year after
Supplier's failure to meet service availability requirements.
These provisions concerning late delivery of conforming material are intended to
be and shall be cumulative and in addition to every other remedy now or
hereafter possessed by Company, including but not limited to its rights to
recover damages under the WARRANTY clause in this Agreement.
5.7 LIMITATION ON DAMAGES.
A.) Supplier and Company agree that either party's liability for damages
arising out of any breach of this Agreement shall not exceed
************************** in any one contract year. The limitation on
liability set in the preceding sentence does not apply to either party's
obligations under Clause 4.3 INFRINGEMENT or Supplier's obligations under Clause
10.4 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.
B.) Supplier and Company agree that either party's total liability for damages
for breach of Clause 4.3 INFRINGEMENT and 10.4 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW shall not
exceed ************ *************** in the aggregate, over the original term of
this Agreement.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 30 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
C.) Either party's total liability pursuant to paragraphs A.) and B.) above
this clause shall not exceed *************************** in any contract year.
ARTICLE 6 -- PURCHASE OF PRODUCT
6.1 PRODUCT ACCEPTANCE. For the purposes of these provisions, the Product
Acceptance test period shall conclude thirty (30) days from Supplier's written
notice of installation completion, if Supplier provides installation service.
If Supplier does not provide installation services the Product Acceptance test
period shall conclude thirty (30) days from Supplier's delivery of the Product.
6.2 DOCUMENTATION. Supplier will make available the documentation applicable
to Deliverables furnished hereunder in an on-line readable format accessible
from all Company's field sites, and the ITN, and will reissue said documentation
as appropriate to reflect subsequent and continuing technology releases. On-line
documentation will be updated within fifteen (15) calendar days of delivery of
releases and fixes which affect the documentation. Supplier agrees to grant and
hereby grants to Company a license to use and copy the documentation and the
future updates to such documentation described in this paragraph. Acceptance by
Company of a license to the copyright(s) of a particular document is not an
admission or a concession by Company that Supplier owns the copyright(s) to that
document or that Company does not own the copyright(s) to that document.
For Product and Software procured by Supplier from a vendor, Supplier shall
acquire the necessary rights to any vendor's standard documentation to fulfill
Supplier's obligation under this Agreement to allow Company's personnel to use
such vendor's documentation at all Company field sites. Supplier will provide
Company additional copies of vendor documentation upon Company's request at
Supplier's pass through price. Supplier warrants that it has the rights to
permit Company to use vendor's standard documentation provided by Supplier to
Company.
Supplier shall, with each shipment by Supplier to Company, include all manuals
covering the installation, operation and maintenance of the Product and Software
shipped. All documentation and any subsequent changes or updates shall
reference Supplier's serialized numbers, issue numbers and date of issue.
Supplier agrees to maintain a mailing list of Company's recipients of such
documentation without charge.
6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL/RELIABILITY TESTING. The Components shall meet the
requirements specified by *****************************************************
****************************************************.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 31 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
If the Product as a whole fails to meet the requirements specified by
****************************, then Company shall notify Supplier and Supplier
shall use its best efforts to correct such failure. The results of applicable
tests shall be made available to the Company Technical Representative for
evaluation to confirm their compliance with the agreed requirements.
- - ******************************
- - ******************************
- - ******************************
- - ******************************
- - ******************************
******************************
******************************
******************************
- - ******************************
- - ******************************
Product shall be subjected to Supplier's production qualification tests.
Supplier agrees to provide all test results to Company. These tests shall be
more comprehensive than the normal production tests and shall include checks of
the functions, protocols and interfaces. In addition, Supplier shall perform
periodic product qualification tests based on statistical analysis of the
parametric data associated with critical parameters taken during production and
failure analysis process. Timing and content of periodic product qualification
(PPQ) will be based on evaluations performed by Supplier's manufacturing
engineering of:
- - ******************************
- - ******************************
- - ******************************
- - ******************************
The product qualification tests shall also be performed upon the implementation
of any major design changes requested by Company.
It is the responsibility of Supplier to demonstrate during the term of this
Agreement that the actual reliability of the delivered Product and Software
equals or exceeds the reliability predictions. Supplier shall conduct studies
to measure the replacement/failure of supplied Product and Software under
actual operating conditions or simulated operating conditions in a controlled
laboratory environment. These studies may be (a) factory based (where returns
are compared with shipment figures), (b) conducted at an operational site with a
sufficient population of Product and Software in service to provide reasonable
confidence in observed replacement estimates, (c) an ongoing factory based
(controlled) reliability test of a sufficient sample of Product and Software to
provide a timely assessment of Product and Software reliability; or (d) all of
the above. At Company's request, the results and the analysis of the collected
data shall be provided by Supplier to Company.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 32 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
6.4 FCC REGISTRATION. When Components are subject to **********************
*********************************************************, Supplier warrants
that such Product furnished hereunder are registered under and comply with
********************************************************************************
*****************. If the Product, as a whole, is subject to and fails to meet
the requirements of ***********************************************************
*************************************************************, then Company
shall notify Supplier and Supplier shall use its best efforts to correct such
failure.
6.5 FLOOR PLAN DATA SHEETS. Supplier shall, without additional charge and
within thirty (30) days prior to shipment of an order by Supplier, deliver to
AT&T's Order Management Representative, a completed Floor Plan Data (FPD) Sheet
for Products sold hereunder. Such FPD sheets shall be prepared in accordance
with the requirements of *******************************************************
********************************************************************************
*************.
6.6 FUTURE IMPROVEMENTS AND BENEFITS. As Supplier announces Enhancements,
Supplier shall advise Company of their features and advantages. Notwithstanding
Clause 1.1 STATEMENT OF PURCHASES, as to both the Deliverables and Enhancements,
Supplier has assured Company under Clause 3.4, TERMS NO LESS FAVORABLE, that the
overall price granted to Company is at least as favorable as those now granted
by Supplier to any of its similarly situated commercial customers for like
quantities. If, during the term of this Agreement, Supplier should grant lower
prices for like quantities to any similarly situated commercial customers, then
Supplier shall offer the same prices to Company, including all special
requirements imposed on and agreed to by the customer, with no impact on the
terms and conditions contained in this Agreement unless specifically noted by
Supplier and agreed to by Company in writing. Supplier shall not be obligated
to grant Company a lower price if such lower price would be unlawful under any
applicable state or federal law. If Company becomes aware of more favorable
terms, warranties and benefits offered by Supplier to any similarly situated
commercial customer, Supplier shall, upon notification by Company and
verification by Supplier, offer the same terms, warranties and benefits to
Company for the remainder of the Agreement.
6.7 ASSURANCE OF SUPPLY. Supplier must provide written notification to Company
eighteen (18) months in advance of Supplier's intended date to discontinued
availability (DA) the Product purchased by Company or to substitute or replace
such Product if form, fit or function is affected. If Supplier's vendor
terminates production of a Component of the Product, Supplier will use
reasonable efforts to secure sources for such Components; provided however, that
Supplier reserves the right to provide a shorter notice in the event Supplier's
vendor of a critical Component terminates production of such items and no other
sources for such items can be secured. Within six (6) months of notification of
DA, Company will provide written notification to Supplier that it concurs with
Supplier's decision or that it intends to negotiate the terms, conditions and
prices under which availability shall be extended, provided that such Components
are available to Supplier. Unless otherwise agreed to, the framework for that
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 33 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
agreement is that Supplier will be entitled to recover its costs of providing
continued availability, plus a reasonable profit.
6.8 INSIGNIA. Upon Company's written request, certain of Company's trademarks,
trade names, insignia, symbols, decorative designs, or evidences of Company's
inspection (hereafter "Insignia"), will be affixed by Supplier to the
Deliverables furnished hereunder. Such Insignia will not be affixed, used or
otherwise displayed on the Deliverables or in connection therewith without
Company's written approval. The manner in which such Insignia will be affixed
must be approved in writing by Company. Deliverables rejected or not purchased
by Company which utilized such Insignia shall have all such Insignia removed
prior to any sale, use or disposition thereof. Supplier agrees to indemnify and
hold Company harmless from any claim, loss or damage arising out of Supplier's
failure to do so.
6.9 MARKING. All Product furnished hereunder shall be marked*****************
*******************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
************.
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
*********************************************.
6.10 RADIO FREQUENCY STANDARDS. The Components shall comply, to the extent
applicable, with the requirements of ******************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
**************. Should the Product during use generate harmful interference to
radio communications, Supplier shall provide to Company information relating to
methods of suppressing such interference. In the event such interference cannot
reasonably be suppressed, Supplier shall, at the option of Company, accept
return of the Product and refund to Company the price paid for the Product.
Nothing herein shall be deemed to diminish or otherwise limit Supplier's other
warranty obligations under this Agreement.
6.11 SUPPLIER TESTING. In addition to any other tests to be requested by
Company as set forth in this Agreement, Supplier is responsible for the
performance of standard factory production tests. Such tests shall be performed
in accordance with Supplier's normal testing and quality control procedures for
Deliverables of the type purchased hereunder in order to insure that the
Deliverables provided hereunder meets all applicable specifications. At the
request of Company, Supplier shall furnish a copy of its test plans and quality
control procedures to Company prior to initiating any such testing and Company,
at its expense, may witness any of the testing by giving prior notice to
Supplier. Supplier also agrees to maintain detailed records of all such tests
and to provide Company, if requested, with written results of these tests.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 34 of 1
In the event that the Deliverables fails to meet the applicable specifications
and test requirements, Supplier shall make the necessary adjustments or repairs
and repeat the applicable tests. If, in the opinion of Company, the failure
rates experienced during these tests or Company's testing becomes
unsatisfactory, all shipments of like Deliverables to Company shall be suspended
unless otherwise authorized by Company.
If Supplier is unable or unwilling to correct, at Supplier's expense, any
deficiencies found during testing provided hereunder within thirty (30) days of
such discovery or such longer period as may be mutually agreed upon, Company, at
its option, shall be relieved of all responsibilities under this Agreement
except for payment, as specified in this Agreement, for any Deliverables that
has been received by Company and has satisfactorily passed all applicable tests.
6.12 TRAINING.
PILOT TRAINING
Supplier will provide training material, of a pilot training course covering the
operations, administration, maintenance and provisioning for the Product with
each new Generic Release. At Company's request, Supplier will offer additional
training which will be subject to content and pricing agreed to in a separate
purchase order. Supplier agrees to update the training material to reflect
subsequent and continuing technology releases. Training courses on new Non-
Generic releases will be negotiated on a case by case basis.
Following the completion of the pilot training classes, Supplier agrees to
modify training materials, training content and related documentation to
incorporate corrections and improvements identified during the pilot training.
Supplier additionally agrees to modify, prior to rollout training, the
documentation related to training, to incorporate mutually agreed upon
corrections and mutually agreed upon improvements identified during pilot
training.
ROLLOUT TRAINING
After completion of pilot training sessions, training will be offered to Company
personnel covering operations, administration, maintenance and provisioning for
the Product.
6.13 SPARES. Supplier will provide technical documentation including system,
units and circuit pack failure rates based upon field data and/or predictions
required to determine and upgrade required spare kits. Supplier will provide
recommended spares listings to Company.
ARTICLE 7 -- WARRANTY, MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT SERVICES
7.1 WARRANTY. Supplier warrants that Deliverables furnished under this
Agreement will be free from defects in design and will conform to the
specifications for work performed under this Agreement. The Media conveying the
Software will be free from defects in material and workmanship. The Software
will be compatible with and may be used in conjunction with other Software as
described in the specifications. If an Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 35 of 1
states that the Software is to be used in conjunction with certain Product, the
Software shall be compatible with that Product.
The Warranty Period for Software shall be 12 months from Software Acceptance by
Company. For Products accepted in accordance with the Product Acceptance clause
of this Agreement prior to Software Acceptance, the Warranty Period shall begin
upon Product installation and continue until twelve (12) months from Software
Acceptance provided Supplier installs the Product. If Supplier does not provide
installation service, the Warranty Period shall begin upon delivery and continue
until twelve (12) months after Software Acceptance. For Products accepted in
accordance with the Product Acceptance clause of this Agreement after Software
Acceptance, the Warranty Period shall be twelve (12) months from Product
Acceptance, if Product is installed by Supplier, or twelve (12) months from date
of shipment if Supplier does not install Product.
Supplier will provide a twelve (12) month warranty for each Software Release
licensed or purchased by Company. Supplier will grant a continuous Software
warranty provided that Company continues to license or purchase updated Software
Releases and such updated Software Releases' Q1 date falls within the warranty
period of the prior release.
Supplier agrees to add to the Warranty Period for the prior release the
difference between the original Q4 date and the revised Q4 date for the new
release under the following conditions:
(1) Supplier is primarily responsible for a delay in Q4 and
(2) the Q4 delay causes the new Q1 date for the new release to fall outside the
Warranty Period of the prior release.
Supplier further warrants that all Software developed by Supplier hereunder and
delivered to Company will record, store, process and present calendar dates
falling on or after January 1, 2000, in the same manner and with the same
functionality, as such Software on or before December 31, 1999. Supplier's
Representative will consult with Company's Representative as needed prior to
acceptance to ensure that such Software will lose no functionality with respect
to the introduction of records containing dates falling on or after January 1,
2000.
Supplier also warrants to Company and its customers that any Services will be
performed in a first class, workmanlike manner.
These warranties will survive inspection, acceptance and payment.
Where any Warranty Period under this Agreement is identified as commencing upon
delivery, the specification of delivery to Company to start Warranty Periods is
for purpose of convenience and does not constitute acceptance of any Product or
Software by Company and does not affect Company's right to reject non-conforming
Product or Software.
Supplier also warrants that there are no copy protection or similar mechanisms
within the Software which will, either now or in the future, interfere with the
grants made in this Agreement, Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 36 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
As to Software for which Supplier does not solely own all intellectual property
rights, Supplier warrants that it has full right, power and authority to license
or assign the Software to Company and its customers as provided in this
Agreement, Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL.
Supplier further warrants that Company and its customers shall have quiet
enjoyment of the Software.
If the Software, or any portion thereof, is or becomes unusable, totally, or in
any respect during the applicable Warranty Period, or if the work fails to meet
the warranties, Supplier will reperform the work, correct errors, defects and
nonconformities and restore the Software to conforming condition free of
significant errors at no cost to Company or its customers. Corrected Software
shall be warranted as set forth in this clause.
Supplier further warrants that the Software does not contain any malicious code,
program, or other internal component (e.g. computer virus, computer worm,
computer time bomb or similar component), which could damage, destroy or alter
Software, firmware, or hardware or which could, in any manner, reveal, damage,
destroy or alter any data or other information accessed through or processed by
the Software in any manner. Supplier shall immediately advise Company, in
writing, upon reasonable suspicion or actual knowledge that the Software
provided under this Agreement or an Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL may
result in the harm described above. Supplier shall indemnify and hold Company
and its customers harmless from any damage resulting from the harm described
above.
7.2 SOFTWARE/PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES. Software/Product Support Services
(following Acceptance into the ITN through the expiration of the Warranty
Period), shall be available on a ***********************************.
The response time for each Severity Level of system problems is specified in
Exhibit H "Severity Levels" for work performed under this Agreement attached
hereto and made a part hereof.
7.3 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE SERVICES. Supplier shall provide Warranty and
Maintenance Services ("Maintenance Services") at no charge during the applicable
Warranty Period. Such services shall be performed to the complete satisfaction
of Company, shall be performed in accordance with generally accepted industry
standards and shall be in accordance with such requirements or restrictions as
may be lawfully imposed by governmental authority. Ongoing technical support
shall be available on a ****************************************************
*****************.
Supplier will keep on file with Company's Technical Representative and Company's
Agreement Representative, a list of specified personnel with current work, fax
and automated pager system numbers who will be available for immediate contact
in emergency or service impairing situations.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 37 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
7.4 REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE SERVICES WARRANTY. Supplier warrants to Company and
its customers that replacement and repair parts and components furnished under
this Agreement, Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL shall be free from defects
in design, material and workmanship and shall conform to and perform in
accordance with the requirements and specifications of each Order, Supplemental
Agreement or TCL and shall function properly. The foregoing warranties for a
repaired part or component shall be for a period of the longer of one (1) year
from the date of delivery of the part or component to Company or the remaining
part of the warranty period of the part or component that was submitted for
repair. The foregoing warranties shall be for a period of one (1) year from the
date of delivery of the part or component in the case of new parts or
components. Supplier further warrants to Company that the Services shall be
performed in a first class, workmanlike manner. In addition, if the parts or
components bear one or more manufacturers' warranties, Supplier hereby assigns
such warranties to Company. All warranties shall survive inspection, acceptance
and payment.
7.5 REPAIR UNDER WARRANTY. Defective or nonconforming Deliverables under
warranty will, at Company's option, either be returned to Supplier for repair
or replacement, or be repaired or replaced by Supplier on-site at Supplier's
expense. Unless otherwise agreed upon by Supplier and Company, Supplier
shall complete repairs and ship the repaired Deliverables within *************
of receipt of defective or nonconforming Deliverables, or at the option of
Company, ship replacement Deliverables within ****************** after verbal
notification is given to Supplier by Company. Supplier shall bear the cost of
transportation charges for all shipments of Deliverables for repair or
replacement under warranty.
If Deliverables returned to Supplier are determined to be beyond repair,
Supplier shall so notify Company, and unless otherwise agreed to by Supplier and
Company, ship replacement Deliverables without charge within ******************
of such notification.
7.6 REPAIR NOT UNDER WARRANTY. In addition to repair and replacement of
Deliverables under warranty, Supplier agrees to provide repair service on all
Deliverables ordered hereunder for a period of **************** after the last
installation and acceptance, where applicable, of the Deliverables ordered under
this Agreement by Company. Deliverables to be repaired which are not under
warranty will be returned to a location designated by Supplier, and unless
otherwise agreed upon by Supplier and Company, Supplier shall ship the repaired
Deliverables within *************************** of receipt of the Deliverables
by Supplier. With the concurrence and scheduling of Company, repairs may be
made by Supplier on-site.
If Deliverables are returned to Supplier for repair as provided for in this
clause, and are determined by Supplier to be beyond repair, or repair costs are
expected to exceed (50%) fifty percent of the cost of a replacement, Supplier
shall so notify Company prior to proceeding with the repair. If requested by
Company, Supplier will sell to Company a replacement at the current Agreement
price or, if no such Agreement price exists, at a price agreed upon by Supplier
and Company. Further, if requested by Company, Supplier shall take the
necessary steps to dispose of the unrepairable Deliverables, consistent with
sound commercial practices, and pay to Company the salvage value, if any.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 38 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
This Agreement does not grant Supplier an exclusive privilege to repair any or
all of the Deliverables purchased hereunder for which Company may require
repair. Supplier also agrees to support Company in obtaining out-of-warranty
repairs by assuring the availability of the necessary technical documentation,
spare parts and training at charges to be agreed upon by Company and Supplier.
Company shall bear the cost of transportation charges for all shipments of
Deliverables for repair or replacement not under warranty.
7.7 REPAIR PROCEDURES. Company may contact Supplier's repair representative
with any questions that may arise concerning repair, and if required, specify
any special packaging of Deliverables which might be necessary to provide
adequate in-transit protection from transportation damage.
Company shall furnish the following information with Deliverables returned to
Supplier for repair: (a) return material authorization (RMA) number, (b)
Company's name and complete address; (c) name(s) and telephone number(s) of
Company's employee(s) to contact in case of questions about the Deliverables to
be repaired; (d) ship-to address for return of repaired Deliverables if
different than (b); (e) a complete list of Deliverables returned; (f) the nature
of the defect or failure, if known; and (g) whether or not returned Deliverables
are under warranty.
Deliverables repaired by Supplier shall have the repair completion date
stenciled or otherwise identified in a permanent manner at a readily visible
location on the Deliverables and the repaired Deliverables shall be returned
with a tag or other papers describing the repairs which have been made.
All invoices originated by Supplier for repair services must be clearly
identified as such, and must contain in addition to the itemized listing of
parts and labor charges and information required by other provisions of this
Agreement, (a) part number, (b) description of repair service performed, (c)
date part received by Supplier, (d) Order quantity, (e) completion date for
repair, (f) actual ship date, (g) actual ship quantity, and (h) junked quantity.
7.8 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PARTS/SERVICES - EMERGENCY SERVICE AND DISASTER
RECOVERY. In addition to the warranty and out-of-warranty Deliverables repair
and replacement provisions of this Agreement, Supplier agrees to provide
emergency repair and replacement service for a period of **************** after
the last installation and acceptance of the Deliverables ordered under this
Agreement by Company. Whenever an emergency out-of-service condition is caused
by Deliverables furnished hereunder, Supplier shall use best efforts to ship
replacement Deliverables within *********************** of notification by
Company of such emergency.
In order to schedule shipment of replacement Deliverables, Company may call
Supplier's Repair Representative. This service will be available *************
*******************************.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 39 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
Company shall assign a Severity Level which is based on the potential impact on
the performance or reliability of the system and the required resolution time
frame. The Severity Levels shall be defined in Exhibit H, "Severity Levels"
attached hereto and made a part hereof.
7.9 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PARTS/SERVICES - CONTINUING AVAILABILITY. Supplier
agrees to offer parts for maintenance, replacement, and repair of Product for
sale to Company, for a period of **************** after the last installation
and acceptance of the Product ordered under this Agreement by Company, which
parts will be compatible with and functionally equivalent to those provided
under this Agreement. Prices or charges will be in accordance with this
Agreement, the respective Order, Supplemental Agreement, TCL or its exhibits,
and in all events all prices and charges must be reasonable and are subject to
Clause 3.4 TERMS NO LESS FAVORABLE.
In the event Supplier fails to supply such parts or Supplier is unable to obtain
another source of supply for Company, then such inability shall be considered
noncompliance with this clause and, in addition to whatever other rights and
remedies Company may have at law or in equity, Company may require Supplier,
without obligation or charge to Company, to provide Company with the technical
information and any other rights required so that Company can manufacture, have
manufactured or obtain such parts from other sources.
The technical information shall include, for example, (a) manufacturing drawings
and specifications of raw materials and components comprising such parts, (b)
manufacturing drawings and specifications covering special tooling and the
operation thereof, (c) a detailed list of all commercially available parts and
components purchased by Supplier on the open market disclosing the part number,
name and location of the supplier and price lists for the purchase thereof, and
(d) one complete copy of the then related current source code and associated
licenses, if such source code is licensed by Supplier to Company, used in the
preparation of any software licensed or otherwise acquired by Company from
Supplier hereunder, to the extent necessary for Company to meet its business
operations.
7.10 SUPPORT OF SELF AND THIRD PARTY MAINTENANCE. Supplier agrees to provide
Company or its third party contractors the materials and services upon the terms
and conditions of this Agreement and upon such further terms and conditions as
may be mutually agreed upon to support Company's self-maintenance or third party
maintenance of the Deliverables and Software furnished hereunder. Supplier
agrees to negotiate in good faith and agrees not to impose unrealistic or
excessive conditions upon Company in an attempt to preclude Company's self
maintenance or its desire to have third party maintenance performed.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 40 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
7.11 Technical Support. Supplier agrees to offer ongoing technical support,
including field service and assistance, to Company, for a period of
************** after the installation and acceptance of the Product and Software
by Company. There shall be no charge during the applicable warranty periods;
charges after such Warranty Periods shall be as set forth in each Order,
Supplemental Agreement or TCL, or if not specified therein, then at prices to be
mutually agreed upon, subject in all cases to the Clause 3.4- TERMS NO LESS
FAVORABLE. The availability or performance of this technical support service,
however, shall not be construed as altering or affecting any of Supplier's other
obligations set forth in this Agreement.
Ongoing technical support which does not include dispatch or field service shall
be available to Company by telephone from Supplier at no charge; this telephone
service at no charge is not intended to be used in excess but is to provide
availability of Supplier subject matter expertise to Company by telephone for
advice and consultation.
7.12 DISPOSITION OF RECURRING NO-TROUBLE-FOUND RETURNS. The same Deliverables
element/component shall not be returned by Supplier to Company with the notation
no-trouble-found (NTF) on more than one (1) occasion. On the second occasion
that the same Deliverables element/component has been classified by Supplier as
NTF, the Deliverables element/component shall be scrapped by Supplier and
Supplier shall ship a new rather than reconditioned replacement to Company for
the scrapped Deliverables element/component at no charge for that Deliverables
under warranty. For out of warranty Deliverables, Supplier shall invoice
Company for the new Deliverables element/component at Supplier's cost for the
Deliverables element/component.
7.13 FAILURE MODE ANALYSIS OF FAILED COMPONENTS. Supplier shall perform
Failure Mode Analysis on components with a persistent history of failure and NTF
components to determine the specific cause of the component failure. The
results of this analysis and planned corrective action shall be provided to
Company within fourteen (14) calendar days of the completion of the analysis.
Root Cause Analysis:
Failure mode and root cause analyses - Supplier or one of its subcontractors
shall analyze all failures, uncovered during testing, or while the network
element is operating in the field, to a sufficient depth so as to determine to
the satisfaction of Company, which Company shall acknowledge in writing,
Supplier or its subcontractor has determined:
- - the precise failure mode
- - root cause of the failure, and
- - one or more potential corrective actions, including the time and cost to
implement each.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 41 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
Supplier shall implement those corrective actions which Company shall deem to be
necessary. Company shall use best efforts to suggest reasonable corrective
actions. Supplier or subcontractor shall complete all failure analyses on a
unit, including root cause analysis and recommended corrective actions, within
30 days after receiving the unit. If Supplier or its subcontractor requires
additional time to complete the analyses, the rationale for the extension shall
be presented to Company in writing.
Supplier shall notify Company with a detailed description in writing if the
actual failure rate of a circuit pack type exceeds the expected failure rate for
that circuit pack type.
ARTICLE 8 -- SOFTWARE
8.1 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE AND ACCEPTANCE OF SOFTWARE. The intent of this
clause is to establish Company's standard of performance which must be met
before the Software is accepted by Company.
Company's Software Acceptance criteria will be contained in the mutually agreed
upon Quality Plan. Software Acceptance only occurs when the exit criteria for
Q2, as defined in the Quality Plan, has been met. If, according to Company's
determination, Supplier fails to meet the exit criteria for Q2, Company will
notify Supplier within thirty (30) days. If the exit criteria for Q2 is met and
thereby acceptance by Company occurs, Suppler will be notified within thirty
(30) days. Company shall have the right to accept portions of the Software.
If Software is rejected by Company, Supplier shall use its best efforts to
correct each error leading to the rejection in accordance with the Quality Plan.
If the corrected Software passes the acceptance tests, Supplier shall
incorporate the correction(s) in the Software according to Company's
requirements.
For Software that has not been accepted by Company in accordance with the
criteria specified in the Quality Plan within **************************** after
the scheduled delivery date, Company shall have the right, at its option:
(i) to retain the Software at an equitable adjustment in the license
fees as may be agreed to by the parties, in which case the Software
shall be deemed accepted;
(ii) to afford Supplier one (1) or more correction extensions for a
period or periods to be specified by Company without prejudice to
Company's rights to thereafter exercise its option under either
section (i) or (iii) of this paragraph without further notice to
Supplier, if the errors have not been corrected; or
(iii) to be entitled to a prompt and full refund of all monies previously
paid under the Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL.
If option (iii) is exercised, Company shall have no further obligation to
Supplier under the Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL for the Software and may
elect to terminate the such at any time by written notice to Supplier.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 42 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
In addition, if Company has not accepted that Software as set forth above in the
previous paragraph, then Company may also return
(i) any Supplier provided Product that cannot be applied to another
use by Company purchased for the specific Software Release, in the
form in which it may have been assembled, and
(ii) any associated Software that it is mutually agreed cannot
be applied to another use by Company, to Supplier for, at
Company's option, either refund or credit to Company against
future purchases.
Included in such credit or refund will be any fees paid for such Software and/or
Product together with any associated taxes, shipping, installation and other
expenses paid by Company to Supplier in connection with such Software and/or
Product.
8.2 CANCELLATION. In the event that Company de-commits a Feature, Company
shall pay to Supplier cancellation fees calculated as follows:
(a)*****************************************************************************
*****************************************************************************
*****************************************************************************
*****************************************************************************
*****************************************************************************
*****************************************************************************
*****************************************************************************
(b)*****************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************:
(i) **************************************************************
**************************************************************************
**************************************************************************
***********************************************************************.
(ii) **************************************************************
**************************************************************************
**************************************************************************
***********************************************************************.
******************************
******************************
******************************
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 43 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
(iii) *************************************************************
**************************************************************************
**************************************************************************
***********************************************************************.
8.3 MEDIA. Upon delivery to Company, all Media shall become the property of
Company except that fixed in Product, title to which shall pass to Company upon
acceptance of the Product.
8.4 LICENSE FEE. Fees for the license of the Software and the maintenance of
the Software are listed in Exhibit A "Pricing and Payment Schedule for the
******* Service". Once a year only, Supplier may change the fees for recurring
charges if (1) such change is part of a change to Supplier's published price
list, and (2) if ninety (90) days prior written notice is given to Company. Any
provisions included in Supplier's published price list other than those relating
to price and description of items to which prices apply shall be deemed deleted.
Fee(s) changes shall not become effective until Supplier receives Company's
written consent to the specific fee(s) changes (or until ninety (90) days from
Supplier's notice with no reply from Company). Supplier agrees that any
increase in fees will be no more than ***************** of the fees in effect at
the time of the written notice of such change.
8.5 CENTRALIZED MAINTENANCE. Company may specify in an Order, Supplemental
Agreement or TCL that, for centralized maintenance purposes, all Software
changes, including Enhancements, provided by Supplier shall be provided only to
the Company's centralized support organization. Supplier will, in that event,
be responsive to maintenance requests which the Company's centralized support
organization issues. This organization will be responsible for Software
application, initial acceptance testing and distribution of the Software to all
licensed sites.
Supplier grants Company the right to transmit the Software by means of data
links from Company's centralized support organization to each licensed site.
Supplier grants to Company, at no additional fee, a license to Use a copy of the
Software for centralized maintenance purposes only. Supplier shall provide this
maintenance copy of the Software in response to an Order, Supplemental Agreement
or TCL requesting same. The maintenance copy provided to Company's centralized
support organization will be used only to perform systems or application support
functions for Company's application programmers, except as provided hereinafter.
If the maintenance copy of the Software provided pursuant to this clause or a
copy thereof is later incorporated by Company's centralized support organization
into a Company system or application support Software, Company shall notify
Supplier and shall pay Supplier the current applicable rate paid by Company for
use of the Software.
8.6 ENHANCEMENTS AND MAINTENANCE. Supplier shall promptly furnish to Company
during the duration of the Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL at an agreed
upon charge, if any, all Software Enhancements, made available by Supplier to
any of its customers and shall promptly
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 44 of 1
provide to Company any revisions to the basic Software items defined in the
Software and Programming Aids clause to reflect the Enhancements.
All Enhancements shall be considered Software subject to the provisions of this
Agreement, any Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL. Company may incorporate
the Enhancements into the Software or continue using previous versions of the
Software, at Company's option. Company may, at any time and at its discretion,
discontinue maintenance of the Software. Supplier shall not charge Company for
Enhancements or any other maintenance during the warranty period
8.7 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. Subject to provisions in Clauses 4.5 and
4.6, title to the Software and to intellectual property rights therein shall
remain in Supplier or Supplier's licensor, as applicable. Company shall have
the right to make a reasonable number of copies of the Software for use as
authorized in the Order, Supplemental Agreement, TCL or elsewhere in this
Agreement. Company however, shall not knowingly reproduce copies of the
Software for the purpose of supplying it to others except individuals authorized
herein.
8.8 MODIFICATIONS. Company may make Modifications to the Software if Company
has obtained appropriate licenses or rights. Company shall have all right,
title and interest to any Modifications and resulting derivative works and the
intellectual property rights in such Modifications or works. Moreover, nothing
contained in this Agreement, or any Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL shall
limit Company's right to reproduce and use the modified Software in as many
copies as Company, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. However, any
portion or aspect of the modified Software which is licensed from Supplier under
this Agreement or any Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL shall continue to be
subject to all the provisions of this Agreement and any Order, Supplemental
Agreement or TCL and nothing contained herein grants to Company any rights to
Use the Software other than as recited in this Agreement or any Order,
Supplemental Agreement or TCL.
8.9 REDESIGNATION OR TRANSFER OF DESIGNATED SITE OR COMPUTER. If Company
specifies that Company's use of the Software is limited to a designated site or
a designated computer, the provisions of this clause shall apply. For purposes
of this clause, site shall include computer, as applicable to the Order,
Supplemental Agreement or TCL. A redesignation shall refer to a change of site
and shall include the movement of Software to upgraded Product. A transfer
shall refer to a temporary change of site of the Software.
Without an additional charge or fee or any requirement for any additional
license, Company may:
(A) Redesignate the site at which the Software will be used and shall
notify Supplier of the new site and the effective date of the redesignation; and
(B) Concurrently operate the Software at another site for a period not to
exceed three (3) months for the purpose of redesignating the assigned using
site.
The license granted under the Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL for a
designated site may be transferred without notice to Supplier and at no
additional charge or fee to Company:
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 45 of 1
(a) to a backup site if the computer at the designated site is inoperative due
to malfunction, due to performance of preventive or remedial maintenance, due to
engineering changes or due to changes in features or model, until the computer
is restored to operative status and processing of the data already entered in
the computer at the backup site has been completed or (b) to one other site for
assembly or compilation of the Software if the specifications of the computer at
the designated site are such that the Software cannot be assembled or compiled
on the computer.
8.10 REMOTE ACCESS. Company shall have the right, at no additional charge or
fee, to have the Software used at any other location by means of remote
electronic access.
8.11 RISK OF LOSS. If any Software fixed in Media is lost, damaged or made
invalid during shipment, Supplier will promptly replace the Software and Media
therefore at no additional charge to Company. If any Software is lost or
damaged while in the possession of Company, Supplier will promptly replace the
Software at the established charge for the associated Media unless such is
provided by Company.
8.12 SOFTWARE AND PROGRAMMING AIDS. On the delivery date, Supplier shall
furnish to Company, at no additional charge or fee, at least the following basic
items:
(A) Object program (the fully compiled or assembled series of
instructions, written in machine language, ready to be loaded into the
computer, that guides the operation of the computer) stored in a Medium
compatible with the Product described in the Order, Supplemental
Agreement or TCL;
(B) Program implementation and user instructions and required procedures;
(C) The Supplier's Specifications associated with Software, as well as
the required machine configuration;
(D) Sample data output, such as printouts or typical screen displays, and
any other programs, routines, subroutines, utility or service programs,
flow charts, logic diagrams and listings, descriptive Supplier
Specifications and acceptance Supplier Specifications or related material
Supplier may have which is necessary or useful for the full implementation
and Use of the Software and which Supplier normally furnishes to users of
the Software without additional charge or fee.
(E) Source Program (the computer program expressed in a source language)
if licensed by Supplier as part of the Software ordered hereunder.
8.13 SOURCE PROGRAMS AND TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION. Supplier shall, at Company's
request, enter into an Escrow Agreement to safeguard Supplier's Software
Specifications and source code as long as Supplier has obligations to Company
per this Agreement relevant to said Software. Both parties shall negotiate in
good faith such Escrow Agreement to be agreed upon by March 15, 1998.
If the parties have not entered into an Escrow Agreement then the following
clause shall apply:
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 46 of 1
If Supplier, among other things, becomes insolvent, ceases to carry on business
on a regular basis or fails to perform its obligations under the Order,
Supplemental Agreement or TCL, and during a period of thirty (30) days
thereafter Supplier (or some other financially and technically responsible
successor in interest acceptable to Company which assumes in writing Supplier's
obligations under the Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL) does not continue to
perform those obligations, then (a) Supplier, or others acting on behalf of
Supplier, shall furnish to Company all Software source materials and (b)
Supplier will be deemed to have granted to Company a perpetual non-exclusive
royalty-free right to Use the Software and the Software Source Materials under
the provisions of the Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL. If Company's use of
the Software source materials involves use or copying of copyrighted material or
the practice of any invention covered by a patent, Supplier shall not assert the
copyright or patent against Company.
8.14 TRAINING AND TECHNICAL SERVICE. Supplier shall provide, at no additional
charge or fee: (a) assistance and advice, as may be reasonably requested by
Company necessary to assist in the Use of the Software and (b) any training as
it normally provides without charge to users of the Software.
8.15 SOFTWARE LICENSE. Subject to the provisions in Clauses 4.5, 4.6 and 4.8,
Supplier agrees to grant and hereby grants to Company an exclusive license to:
1) use the Software that is delivered by Supplier to Company for all
Features designated as exclusive under Clause 4.8 EXCLUSIVITY DESIGNATION
of this Agreement for Company's business operations and any other purpose
and on the equipment set forth in the Order, Supplemental Agreement or
TCL.
2) copy the Software that is delivered by Supplier to Company for all
Features designated as exclusive in Clause 4.8 EXCLUSIVIITY DESIGNATION of
this Agreement, for Company's own business operations, not including
expansions.
Notwithstanding the provisions of the exclusive license for the Software that is
delivered by Supplier to Company, for all Features designated as exclusive in
the Exclusivity Designation clause of this Agreement, Company may at its sole
discretion give its written approval for Supplier to license to a third party
some or all of the exclusive Features upon receiving a written request from
Supplier. Under no circumstances shall Supplier license the exclusive Features
to a third party without the written approval of Company for the agreed upon
exclusivity time period outlined within this Agreement only.
Subject to the provisions in Clauses 4.5, 4.6 and 4.8, Supplier agrees to grant
and hereby grants to Company a license to
1) use the Software developed for all non-exclusive Features Company's
business operations and any other purpose and on the equipment set forth
in the Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL.
2) copy the Software developed for all non-exclusive Features for
Company's own business operations, not including expansions.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 47 of 1
All Software (whether or not part of Firmware) furnished by Supplier, and all
copies thereof made by Company, if allowed hereunder, including translations,
compilations and partial copies thereof, are solely the property of Supplier.
Company shall not sublicense such Software except to Ordering Companies. No
additional fee shall be payable by Company to Supplier for sublicensing such
Software to Ordering Companies.
Company shall not modify, decompile, or disassemble such Software furnished as
object code for the purpose of generating corresponding source code, unless
otherwise agreed in writing.
The foregoing license extends to any use of any program or software derived from
the Software.
8.16 SOFTWARE WARRANTY. Refer to Article 7, Clause 7.1 "WARRANTY"
ARTICLE 9 -- ENGINEERING & INSTALLATION SUPPORT
9.1 STATEMENT OF WORK. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
Supplier agrees to engineer, furnish and deliver material, and perform
installation services (hereinafter collectively "Work") as may be specified on
Orders, Supplemental Agreements or TCLs which may be placed by Company.
Supplier shall furnish and transport all the tools, supplies and labor necessary
to perform all the Work
The Work shall be performed in accordance with Exhibit F, "General Conditions,"
attached hereto and made a part hereof, and any additional Specifications
included in Orders, Supplemental Agreements or TCLs. It is understood that
certain documentation referred to in Exhibit F "General Conditions", such as but
not limited to, premise detail drawings, network equipment layout, attachment
details, cable penetration locations, physical design or other premise specific
requirements will be reflected in an Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL and in
the associated documents submitted to Supplier by Company. In the event of any
conflict between the General Conditions, the Specifications, related documents
and drawings, or an Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL the true construction
and meaning thereof shall be determined by Company's Technical Representative as
identified on the Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL and such determination
shall be final.
The Work shall be performed with promptness and diligence and to the
satisfaction of Company and shall be performed in accordance with such
requirements or restrictions as may be lawfully imposed by governmental
authority. Supplier shall complete such Work within the time allowed in this
Agreement and shall meet all deadlines as specified in an Order, Supplemental
Agreement or TCL.
TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE in the performance of this Agreement or any Order,
Supplemental Agreement or TCL by Supplier. Whenever Supplier has knowledge that
any actual or potential labor dispute or any other event may delay or threaten
to delay the timely performance of any Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL
issued hereunder, Supplier shall immediately give notice thereof, including all
relevant information with respect thereto, to Company's Representative as
identified on the Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 48 of 1
Supplier agrees to use its best efforts to provide scheduling information,
including any changes that occur due to revisions made by Company to the work
plan or as the work progresses at a particular premise. Supplier acknowledges
that schedule changes may occur from time to time and agrees to comply with
reasonable schedule changes without additional compensation. Supplier shall use
its best efforts to coordinate its work with Company and/or other suppliers on
each project so as not to delay or damage anyone's performance, work or the
overall project.
9.2 COMPANY STORED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL. All material and equipment which is
owned by Company and is stored by Supplier will be marked conspicuously as
AT&T's property, and safely stored by Supplier separately from any other
material stocks, without charge to Company and shall be shipped out as ordered
by Company. Supplier assumes responsibility for any loss or damage to such
equipment and material while stored by Supplier or shipped to Supplier's
subcontractors.
9.3 TITLE TO MATERIAL FURNISHED BY COMPANY. Title to material furnished by
Company under this Agreement shall at all times be in Company. If Supplier
orders material as an authorized ordering agent of Company, such material shall
be considered material furnished by Company. In lieu of any common law or
statutory lien which could be asserted by Supplier, which common law and
statutory liens are hereby waived by Supplier, Company hereby grants to Supplier
a security interest in material furnished by Company to secure the value of
materials and labor furnished by Supplier. Supplier shall, within ten (10) days
of receipt of Company's material, notify Company in writing of any claims for
quantity variation or quality problems in the material furnished to Supplier.
Supplier assumes responsibility for any loss or damage to such material and
shall be liable for the full actual value of the material; provided, however,
that with regard to loss or damage caused by risks insured against under
Supplier's All Risk Property Insurance policy (including flood and earthquake
coverage), Supplier shall have risk of loss or damage and be liable for the full
actual value of the material up to a limit of $2,000,000 per occurrence with
Company bearing such risk of loss or damage above $2,000,000.
Supplier shall store the same safely, indoors in protected areas approved by
Company. In case of removal of all or any part of it from one building to
another, Supplier's responsibility for loss or damage shall continue and
Supplier shall give Company at least ten (10) days advance notice in writing of
the removal, except when the removal is required during Supplier's manufacturing
process.
Company may inspect and inventory the material furnished under this Agreement
during Supplier's normal business hours. Supplier shall provide Company access
to the premises wherein all such material is located. The obligations assumed
by Supplier with respect to material furnished under this Agreement are for the
protection of Company's property. Should Supplier fail to comply in any
respect, in addition to any other right or remedy Company may have, at no cost
to Company and upon ten days written notice to Supplier, AT&T or Company may
terminate the applicable Agreement or any Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL
in whole or in part or withdraw all or any part of the material furnished or
both. Supplier shall, at Company's option, return to Company, or hold for
Company's disposition, any or all of such material, including any scrap produced
as a by-product remaining in Supplier's possession at the completion of the
Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL upon termination of this Agreement, or the
withdrawal of material furnished.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 49 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
Supplier shall maintain and cause Supplier's subcontractors to maintain during
the term of this Agreement and during the period of time Supplier or its
subcontractors have the care, custody and control of material owned or furnished
by Company an All Risk Property Insurance policy, as described in Clause 5.3
INSURANCE clause of this Agreement.
9.4 INSPECTION AND REJECTION OF WORK. At any time during the progress of the
Work, or within ********* after final acceptance of the Work by Company, Company
may condemn or reject any or all of the Work if, in its opinion, the same is not
in accordance with the Orders, Supplemental Agreements or TCLs and any
specifications and drawings included therein, or not in accordance with the
warranty set forth in the SERVICE WARRANTY clause of this Agreement. Supplier,
at Supplier's own expense, shall repair or replace any of the Work condemned or
rejected within **************************** after receiving written notice from
Company's Representative as identified on the Order, Supplemental Agreement or
TCL of said condemnation or rejection if notice is given during the progress of
the Work. If the notice is given at any time following completion of the Work,
Supplier shall repair or replace any Work condemned or rejected within
****************** after receiving written notice; provided however, that if
Company notifies Supplier that any Work condemned or rejected is of a critical
nature, Supplier shall repair or replace the Work within **********************
after receiving written notice from Company's Representative. If Supplier
fails to complete promptly the repair or replacement of the Work, Company may
recover from Supplier the cost of making the same and the damage, if any,
resulting therefrom; or Company may deduct the cost of making the same and the
damage, if any resulting therefrom from any amount due or to become due under
this Agreement. Nothing in this Article shall relieve Supplier from inspecting
all of the Work under this Agreement. Company's rights are in addition to those
stated in the SERVICE WARRANTY clause. The contract completion date shall not
be extended because of any delay caused by Supplier's poor or defective
workmanship or failure to supply materials which conform to the specifications.
9.5 SERVICE WARRANTY. Supplier warrants to Company and its customers that the
Services will be performed with promptness and diligence and shall be executed
in accordance with the highest workmanship standards in the particular trades
involved and to Company's full and complete satisfaction. Supplier also
warrants to Company and its customers that the Services rendered and all
material furnished will be new, merchantable, free from defects in design,
material and workmanship, and will conform to and perform in accordance with the
General Conditions set forth in Exhibit F "General Conditions" attached hereto
and made a part hereof and the related Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL
requirements for a period of three (3) years from date of acceptance by Company.
In addition, if material furnished contains one or more manufacturer's or
supplier's warranties, Supplier hereby assigns such warranties to Company and
its customers. All services performed and material furnished shall be free from
all claims, liens, and charges whatsoever, including, but not limited to,
claims, liens, or charges in the nature of mechanics' liens or materialmen's
liens, and Supplier shall indemnify and hold Company harmless from any such
claims, liens, and charges. All warranties shall survive inspection,
acceptance, and payment. Services or material not meeting the warranties, or
any damage to other work or to Company's property caused by work or material not
meeting the
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 50 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
warranties, will be, at Company's option, returned for refund, repaired, or re-
performed by Supplier at no cost to Company or its customers with transportation
costs and risk of loss and damage in transit borne by Supplier. Prior to final
acceptance of the Work, Supplier shall deliver to Company copies of all
guarantees and warranties on materials furnished by all manufacturers and
suppliers to Supplier and all its subcontractors. Supplier shall bind said
copies of the warranties together in single volume, grouped by trade and
properly indexed.
9.6 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT, OR REMOVAL OF WORK AND MATERIAL. Supplier
shall, within *********************** after receiving a written order from
Company's on site representative to that effect, proceed to remove from
Company's premises, all defective or non-conforming materials whether worked or
unworked and to take down all portions of the Work which are unsound or improper
or which shall be determined by Company's on site representative to in any way
fail to comply with the Specifications, and to promptly replace them with sound
and proper material in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of
Company's on site representative. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed
as relieving Supplier of Supplier's continuing duty to inspect the Work and
detect and correct any such defective or non-conforming work or material.
9.7 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this
Agreement, Supplier shall provide all labor, tools and equipment (the "tools")
for performance of this Agreement or any Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL.
Should Supplier actually use any tools owned or rented by Company, Supplier
acknowledges that Supplier accepts the tools "as is, where is," that Company has
no responsibility for the condition or state of repair of the tools and that
Supplier shall have risk of loss and damage to such tools. Supplier agrees not
to remove the tools from Company's premises and to return the tools to Company
upon completion of use, or at such earlier time as Company may request, in the
same condition as when received by Supplier, reasonable wear and tear excepted.
9.8 BREAKAGE, DISAPPEARANCE, AND CONDITION. Supplier shall take whatever
precautions Supplier deems necessary or desirable (which do not violate
Company's plant rules or cause inconvenience or delay to Company) regarding
tools, equipment, materials, and supplies whether or not owned by Supplier,
which Supplier causes to be brought to Company's premises. Company shall have
no responsibility for their care, safekeeping, or operating condition. Company
shall not bear any cost associated with their breakage or disappearance.
9.9 CLAIMS AND LOSSES. Supplier assumes full responsibility for any damage or
loss to Company's property that may be caused by or result from any tortious act
or omission of Supplier or any person employed by or under contract with
Supplier. In the event of such damage, Company may elect to have repairs made
by Supplier, by Company personnel, or by other suppliers. In the event Company
shall elect to have Supplier repair the damage, Supplier shall promptly do so,
at its own expense and to Company's satisfaction. In the event Company shall
elect to have the damage repaired by its own personnel or other suppliers,
Supplier shall reimburse Company for the cost to it of such repairs.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 51 of 1
9.10 REPORTING DEFECTS. If any of Supplier's Work depends, for its proper
execution or results, upon the Work of any other supplier or suppliers, Supplier
shall inspect and promptly report in writing to Company's On Site Representative
as identified on the Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL any defects in the
work that render it unsuitable for the proper execution or results, and Supplier
shall not proceed with that phase of the Work until so authorized by Company's
Order Management Representative.
9.11 BUILDING PERMIT, LICENSES, NOTICE. Any necessary building permits will be
obtained, filed and paid for by Supplier. All other necessary permits, licenses
and certificates, municipal or otherwise, required in connection with the Work,
will be obtained and paid for by Supplier who shall deliver copies of all such
permits or certificates to Company. Supplier shall give all requisite notices
relative to the Work to the proper authorities and have all necessary
inspections made at a time so as not to delay the Work.
9.12 CONTROL OF WORK. Supplier shall have full control and direction over the
mode and manner of doing the Work and of its personnel employed on or about the
Work.
9.13 SERVICE RECORDS. Supplier shall maintain complete records including, but
not limited to, all labor by trade and employee name and type of equipment by
hours, material purchased, and work subcontracted to other parties in connection
with all unit rate and cost plus fee work. Supplier shall also provide a one
line diagram of work completed pursuant to the individual Work Orders. The
records shall be maintained in accordance with recognized commercial accounting
practices and in such a manner that they may be readily audited. The records,
including all supporting documents, shall be available at all reasonable times
for audit by Company both during the contract period and for three years
following the date of final payment or until all disputes, if any, between
Supplier and Company have been finally resolved, whichever is later. Supplier
shall also maintain daily sheets, prepared in duplicate, showing all labor by
trade and employee name and type of equipment employed and material received.
Supplier shall require all subcontractors performing other than fixed price work
to maintain the same form and type of records as Supplier is required to
maintain and to make the records available to Company for inspection and audit.
9.14 SUSPENSION OF WORK. Company may suspend all or any portion of the Work at
any time. Where the period of such suspension is unreasonable and Supplier
incurs additional expense thereby, a reasonable adjustment shall be made in the
contract price and the time for completion of the Work, but no adjustment shall
be made unless a claim therefor is submitted in writing to Company within 48
hours of the occurrence of the suspension.
9.15 CLEAN UP. Supplier at all times, and at its expense, shall keep Company's
premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by
Supplier's operations. Upon completion of the Work, Supplier shall, at its
expense, remove promptly from the premise all of Supplier's implements,
equipment, tools, machines, surplus and waste materials and debris. If Supplier
fails to clean up as provided herein, Company may do so and charge the cost
thereof to Supplier or deduct same from Company's payment to Supplier.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 52 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
9.16 RELATIONSHIP. Supplier shall exercise full control and direction over the
employees of Supplier performing the Work covered by this Agreement. Any
changes in personnel that may be reasonably requested by Company through its
authorized representative, whether relating to the number of employees assigned
to the Work or the acceptability of particular employees, shall be made as soon
as reasonably possible.
Neither Supplier nor its employees or agents shall be deemed to be Company
employees or agents. It is understood that Supplier is an independent
contractor for all purposes and at all times. Supplier is wholly responsible
for withholding and payment of all federal, state and local income and other
payroll taxes with respect to its employees, including contributions from them
as required by law.
ARTICLE 10 - MISCELLANEOUS
10.1 PRODUCT EVOLUTION. Supplier will prepare an evolution plan for the
purpose of *********************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
************************. The evolution plan will address the scope of work,
price/performance data, and estimated timeline to implement the ************.
Supplier will provide the completed evolution plan to AT&T for its review.
Following approval by AT&T, Brite will *****************************************
********************************************************************************
***********************************.
10.2 ASSIGNMENT. Supplier shall not assign any right or interest under this
Agreement, including monies due or to become due, or delegate or subcontract any
work or other obligation to be performed or owed under this Agreement without
the prior written consent of AT&T. Any attempted assignment or delegation in
contravention of the above provisions shall be void and ineffective.
10.3 CAPTIONS. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience
only and shall not be construed to define or limit any of the provisions
contained herein.
10.4 CHOICE OF LAW. The construction, interpretation and performance of this
Agreement and all transactions under it shall be governed by the laws of the
State of New Jersey excluding its choice of laws rules and excluding the
Convention for the International Sale of Goods. The parties agree that the
provisions of Article 2 "Sales" of the New Jersey Uniform Commercial Code apply
to this Agreement and all transactions under it, including agreements and
transactions relating to the furnishing of services, the lease, sale or rental
of Deliverables or material, and the license of Software. Supplier agrees to
submit to the jurisdiction of any court wherein an action is commenced against
Company based on a claim for which Supplier has agreed to indemnify Company
under this Agreement.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 53 of 1
10.5 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. Supplier shall comply, at its own expense, with the
provisions of all applicable state and municipal requirements and with all state
and federal laws and regulations applicable to the Deliverables and to Supplier,
as an employer of labor or otherwise.
10.6 EXPORT CONTROL. Each party hereto ("Receiving Party") assures the other
party hereto ("Furnishing Party") that it does not intend to and will not
knowingly, without the prior written consent, if required, of the Office of
Export Licensing of the United States Department of Commerce, P.O. Box 273,
Washington, DC 20044, transmit directly or indirectly:
(A) Any technical data (including software) originated in or communicated
into the United States of America and furnished to Receiving Party by the
Furnishing Party;
(B) Any immediate product (including processes, materials, and service)
produced directly by the use of such technical data furnished by the Furnishing
Party; or
(C) Any commodity produced by such immediate product if the immediate
product of such technical data furnished by the Furnishing Party is a plant
capable of producing a commodity or is a major component of such plant;
to: (i) Iraq, the People's Republic of China or to any Group Q, S,
W, Y or Z country specified in Supplement No. 1 to Part 770 of the
Export Administration Regulations issued by the U.S. Department of
Commerce; or (ii) any citizen or resident of any of the
aforementioned countries.
10.7 FORCE MAJEURE. Neither party shall be held responsible for any delay or
failure in performance of any part of this Agreement any Order, Supplemental
Agreement or TCL to the extent such delay or failure is caused by fire, flood,
explosion, war, strike, embargo, government requirement, civil or military
authority, act of God, or act or omission of carriers or other similar causes
beyond its control and without the fault or negligence of the delayed or
nonperforming party or its subcontractors ("force majeure conditions").
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Supplier's liability for loss or damage to
Company's Product, Software, or third party equipment under Clause 2.13 THIRD
PARTY EQUIPMENT in Supplier's possession or control shall not be modified by
this clause. If any force majeure condition occurs, the party delayed or unable
to perform shall give immediate notice to the other party, stating the nature of
the force majeure condition and any action being taken to avoid or minimize its
effect, and the party affected by the other's delay or inability to perform may
elect to: (a) suspend this Agreement or the affected Order, Supplemental
Agreement or TCL for the duration of the force majeure condition and (i) at its
option, buy, sell, obtain or furnish elsewhere Work to be bought, sold, obtained
or furnished under this Agreement any Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL and
(ii) once the force majeure condition ceases, resume performance under this
Agreement, any Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL with an option in the
affected party to extend the period of this Agreement or the affected Order,
Supplemental Agreement or TCL up to the length of time the force majeure
condition endured; and/or (b) when the delay or non-performance continues for a
period of at least thirty (30) days, terminate, at no charge, this Agreement any
Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL or the part of it relating to Product or
Software not already shipped or Services not already performed. Unless written
notice is given
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 54 of 1
within forty-five (45) days after the affected party is notified of the force
majeure condition, (a) shall be deemed selected.
10.8 GOVERNMENT CONTRACT PROVISIONS. Any Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL
placed under this Agreement containing a notation that the material is intended
for use under Government contracts shall be subject to the then current
Government Provisions printed on the Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL or in
attachments thereto.
10.9 GOVERNMENT REQUIREMENTS. Supplier agrees not to discriminate against any
employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, age,
national origin or handicap, and shall during the performance of this Agreement
comply with all applicable Executive Orders and Federal Regulations.
10.10 HARMONY. Supplier shall be responsible for the harmonious relations of
its employees and agents with other contractors or consultants working for
Company.
10.11 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Supplier hereby warrants that, except as may be
otherwise expressly provided herein, all Product, Software and materials
furnished by Supplier are safe for their normal use, are non toxic, present no
abnormal hazards to persons or the environment, and may be disposed of as normal
refuse without special precautions.
Supplier agrees to reimburse Company for any expense that AT&T may incur by
reason of recall or prohibition against continued use or disposal of Product,
Software or materials furnished by Supplier, whether such recall or prohibition
against use or disposal is directed by Supplier or under compulsion of law.
10.12 IDENTIFICATION CREDENTIALS. Company may, at its discretion, require
Supplier's employees to exhibit identification credentials, which Company may
issue, in order to gain access to Company's premises for the performance of work
under this Agreement. If, for any reason, any of Supplier's employees are no
longer performing work in connection with this Agreement, Supplier shall
immediately inform Company's Order Management Representative in the speediest
manner possible. Notification shall be followed by the prompt delivery to
Company's Order Management Representative of the identification credentials
involved or a written statement of the reasons why the identification
credentials cannot be returned. Supplier shall be liable for any damage or loss
sustained by Company if such identification credentials are not returned to
Company.
10.13 IMPLEADER. Supplier shall not implead or bring an action against Company
or Company's customers or the employees of either based on any claim by any
person for personal injury or death to an employee of Company or Company's
customers occurring in the course or scope of employment and that arises out of
material or services furnished under this Agreement.
10.14 ISO 9000. Supplier shall have the portion of Supplier's quality system
that applies to work covered under this Agreement registered to the ISO 9001:
1994 standards guideline. Supplier shall use its best efforts to maintain ISO
certification, during the term of this Agreement, and shall provide evidence of
such certification to Company upon Company's
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 55 of 1
request.. Such registration must be made by a third party registrar(s)
accredited in the United States. Supplier shall, prior to or upon execution of
this Agreement, provide Company's Agreement Representative a copy of the
appropriate certificate(s) of registration issued by such third party accredited
registrar(s). Supplier shall also maintain such certificate(s) of registration
through appropriate assessments by such third party accredited registrar(s) and
provide to Company's Agreement Representative any applicable updated
certificate(s) or notifications of failure to pass a surveillance or full
registration audit. If Supplier fails, for any reason, to obtain or maintain or
provide to Company such certificate(s) of registration as set forth above, AT&T
shall have the right, and without any cost to or liability or obligation of
AT&T, to terminate this Agreement and any or all outstanding Orders or TCLs
placed under this Agreement.
10.15 LABOR RELATIONS. Supplier shall be responsible for its own labor
relations with any trade or union represented among its employees and shall
negotiate and be responsible for adjusting all disputes between itself and its
employees or any union representing such employees. Supplier shall immediately
notify Company if Supplier has knowledge of any actual or potential labor
dispute which is delaying or could delay the timely performance under this
Agreement or any Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL. If any dispute, work
stoppage or strike should occur, Supplier agrees to make all reasonable efforts
and take all reasonable action necessary to immediately settle the matter.
10.16 NON-EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS. This Agreement does not grant Supplier an
exclusive privilege to provide all the Deliverables and services which Company
may require, and Company may contract with other suppliers for the procurement
of the same or comparable Deliverables.
10.17 NO LIENS. All material shall be provided free from all claims, liens and
charges whatsoever. Company reserves the right to require, before making
payment, proof that all parties furnishing labor and material have been paid.
10.18 OTHER CONTRACTS; COOPERATION. Company reserves the right to solicit bids
from, and to award contracts to, other suppliers for additional work in
connection with work performed by Supplier under this Agreement. Supplier shall
cooperate with all other suppliers, including, but not limited to, the
reasonable opportunity for storage of material on the work site. Supplier shall
schedule and proceed with his work so as to work around points of delay in its
work or work of others.
10.19 PUBLICITY; ADVERTISING. Supplier agrees not to advertise, promote or
publicize matters relating to the Deliverables furnished by Supplier under this
Agreement or any Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL or to mention or imply any
relationship or connection with AT&T or Company in such advertising, promotions
or publicity without the prior written consent of AT&T or Company, as the case
may be.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 56 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
Supplier shall make no use of any identification of AT&T or Company in any
advertising or promotional efforts. The term "identification" includes any
tradename, trademark, service mark, insignia, symbol, or any simulation thereof,
and any code, drawing, specification, or evidence of Company's inspection.
Supplier agrees to remove any such identification prior to any sale, use or
disposition of material or Product or Software rejected or not purchased by
Company, and shall indemnify Company, AT&T and their associated companies
against any claim arising out of Supplier's failure to do so.
10.20 QUALITY SYSTEM AUDIT. If requested, Supplier agrees to permit Company or
its agent to conduct an initial and any subsequently required on-site quality
system audit(s) (QSA) of Supplier's quality system at Company's expense. Such
an audit shall assess the effectiveness and documentation of the various
elements that comprise a functioning quality system which shall include, but not
be limited to the following elements:
GENERAL:
1. ******************************
2. ******************************
3 ******************************
4. ******************************
5. ******************************
6. ******************************
7. ******************************
8. ******************************
9. ******************************
10. ******************************
11. ******************************
12. ******************************
13. ******************************
14. ******************************
15. ******************************
16. ******************************
17. ******************************
SOFTWARE:
18. ******************************
19. ******************************
20. ******************************
21. ******************************
22. ******************************
23. ******************************
24. ******************************
25. ******************************
26. ******************************
27. ******************************
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 57 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
28. ******************************
29. ******************************
30. ******************************
Supplier further agrees that any material deficiencies that could affect the
quality or reliability of Product or Software in Deliverables, discovered in
Supplier's quality system as a result of the audit(s), shall be remedied by
Supplier at Supplier's expense. Company shall use its best efforts to suggest
reasonable corrective actions. The necessary remedies shall have been completed
to the satisfaction of Company prior to the initiation of production of Product
or Software required by this Agreement unless otherwise agreed to in writing by
Company.
10.21 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. Neither Supplier nor its employees or agents
shall be deemed to be AT&T's employees or agents. It is understood that
Supplier is an independent contractor for all purposes and at all times.
10.22 RELEASES VOID. Neither party shall require waivers or releases of any
personal rights from representatives of the other in connection with visits to
Supplier's and Company's respective premises and no such releases or waivers
shall be pleaded by Supplier or Company or third persons under their control in
any action or proceeding.
10.23 RIGHT TO ENTRY. Each party shall have the right to enter the premises of
the other party during normal business hours with respect to the performance of
this Agreement subject to all applicable plant rules and regulations, company
security regulations and procedures and governmental security laws and
regulations, if applicable.
10.24 SAFETY OF WORK. Supplier shall be responsible for the safety of the
Deliverables. In discharging that responsibility, it shall comply with the
requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, and
any other federal, state or local act or other requirement of law affecting
safety and health.
10.25 SEVERABILITY. In the event that any one or more of the provisions
contained herein shall for any reason be held to be unenforceable in any respect
under the law of any state or of the United States of America, such
unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, but
this Agreement shall then be construed as if such unenforceable provision or
provisions had never been contained herein.
10.26 SUPPLIER'S EMPLOYEES. For the purpose of this Agreement, the term
Supplier Employee means anyone performing any Work or service under this
Agreement by or on behalf of Supplier or rendering Services under this Agreement
or furnished by Supplier under this Agreement, including (but not limited to)
partners, employees, consultants, representatives, agents and subcontractors of
Supplier and of any affiliate of Supplier or Supplier's parent company.
Supplier shall obtain an appropriate agreement with its employees, or others
whose services Supplier may require, sufficient to enable it to comply with all
provisions of this Agreement.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 58 of 1
It is agreed that all persons provided by Supplier to perform Services or other
work are for all purposes employees of Supplier and not employees or agents of
Company, and while Company personnel may function as team leaders or managers
Company shall not exercise any direct control of supervision over Supplier
Employees. Company's project manager(s) will be available for consultation.
Supplier shall be responsible for its own labor relations with any trade or
union which represents its employees and shall be responsible for negotiating
and adjusting all disputes. Supplier shall be the sole entity responsible for
receiving complaints from Supplier Employees regarding their assignments and for
notifying Supplier Employees of the termination or change of their assignments.
Supplier further agrees that any of Supplier Employees, who is or becomes a
"leased employee" (as defined in Section 414 (n) of the Internal Revenue Code)
of Company during the term of this Agreement, shall not be covered by, and shall
be excluded from participation in, any employee benefit plan maintained by AT&T
or its affiliated companies.
Supplier shall indemnify and save AT&T and Company harmless from and against any
losses, damages, claims, demands, suits and liabilities that arise out of, or
result from, any failure by Supplier to perform its obligations under this
clause. Supplier shall also indemnify and save AT&T and Company harmless from
any entitlement, assertion or claim, which any of Supplier's Employees might
have or might make relative to rights or privileges in any AT&T or Company
employee benefit plan and which arises, in whole or in part, out of Services
rendered under this Agreement or work performed in connection with this
Agreement.
10.27 SUPPLIER INTERFERENCE. Supplier shall perform all operations in a manner
so as not to cause interference with other suppliers. If it becomes necessary
during Supplier's course of operations to cause such interference, Supplier
shall immediately notify Company's Order Management Representative in writing of
the anticipated interference and shall not proceed further with that phase of
the work without the prior written approval of Company's Order Management
Representative.
10.28 SUPPLIER'S SUBCONTRACTS. Supplier may not subcontract with others to
provide services or for the fulfillment of its obligations under this Agreement
or any Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL without AT&T's prior written
consent. Supplier shall indemnify AT&T and Company against all loss, cost,
expense, or liability incurred by AT&T or Company on account of any
subcontractors. Any written consent to subcontract does not relieve Supplier of
Supplier's responsibilities for performing this Agreement or any Order,
Supplemental Agreement or TCL, and Supplier shall remain liable for compliance
by the subcontractor with all appropriate provisions of this Agreement or any
Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL, such as, but not limited to clauses
PUBLICITY/ADVERTISING, WARRANTY, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, and INFRINGEMENT. In
any event, all work or Services performed by subcontractors shall be deemed work
or Services performed by Supplier.
10.29 UTILIZATION OF MINORITY AND WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES. It is
Company's policy that Minority and Women-Owned Business Enterprise (MWBEs) as
defined in Exhibit G,
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 59 of 1
"Definition of MWBEs", attached hereto and made a part hereof, shall have the
maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts.
Supplier agrees to use its good faith efforts to award subcontracts to carry out
this policy in the award of subcontracts to the fullest extent consistent with
the efficient performance of this Agreement. Supplier agrees to conduct a
program which will enable MWBEs to be considered fairly as subcontractors and
suppliers under this Agreement. Supplier shall submit to Company periodic
reports of subcontracting with known MWBEs in the form of Exhibit G, "AT&T MWBE
Second Tier Contracts Reporting Form", attached hereto and made a part hereof,
in such a manner and at such a time (not more than quarterly) as Company's
representative may prescribe. Such periodic reports shall state separately for
Minority and Women-Owned Businesses the subcontracted work which is attributable
to Company. In instances where direct correlation cannot be determined, such
MWBE payments may be established by Supplier comparing Company's payments to
Supplier, in that period, to total payments to Supplier from all of its
customers, in that period, and them arriving at Company's apportionment of such
MWBE payments. Supplier further agrees to insert, in any subcontract under this
Agreement, provisions which conform substantially to this clause UTILIZATION OF
MINORITY AND WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES. Nothing in this clause shall
affect or diminish the Supplier's obligation as set forth in the assignment and
subcontracting provisions or any other provision of this Agreement. If Supplier
complies with the provisions of this clause, that will be a factor Company will
consider favorable in making procurement decisions about future business with
Supplier.
10.30 WAIVER. The failure of either party at any time to enforce any right or
remedy available to it under this Agreement or otherwise with respect to any
breach or failure by the other party shall not be construed to be a waiver of
such right or remedy with respect to any other breach or failure by the other
party.
10.31 WORK HEREUNDER. It is understood that visits by Supplier's
representatives or Supplier's suppliers' representatives for inspection,
adjustment or other similar purposes in connection with Deliverables purchased
hereunder shall for all purposes be deemed " work hereunder" and shall be at no
charge to Company unless otherwise agreed in writing by Company.
10.32 WRITTEN NOTICE. Unless otherwise provided herein, whenever notice or
consent is required to be given by the terms of this Agreement, it shall be in
writing and shall be given to and by the Agreement Representatives designated
under this Agreement. Notice shall be deemed to be given when delivered to the
party requiring notice, or three (3) days after being sent by registered mail,
return receipt requested, postage pre-paid.
10.33 COMPANY'S SERVICE CONTINUITY. The continuity of Company's service is of
paramount importance and Supplier shall at all times exercise the greatest care
to prevent damage to Company's equipment and shall not use any material or
methods which, in the reasonable judgment of Company, might endanger or
interfere with its service.
10.34 MEDIATION. If a dispute arises out of or relates to this Agreement, or
its breach, and the parties have not been successful in resolving such dispute
though negotiation, the parties agree to attempt to resolve the dispute through
mediation by submitting the dispute, to mediation by the American Arbitration
Association ("AAA"). Each party shall bear its own expenses and an
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 60 of 1
equal share of the expenses of the mediator and the fees of the AAA. The
parties, their representatives, other participants and the mediator shall hold
the existence, content and result of the mediation in confidence. If such
dispute is not resolved by such mediation, the parties shall have the right to
resort to any remedies permitted by law. All defenses based on passage of time
shall be tolled pending the termination of the mediation. Nothing in this
clause shall be construed to preclude any party from seeking injunctive relief
in order to protect its rights pending mediation. A request by a party to a
court for such injunctive relief shall not be deemed a waiver of the obligation
to mediate.
10.35 ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE (EDI). Supplier and Company agree that they
will, where feasible, utilize electronic means of issuing purchase orders,
acknowledgments, purchase order changes, ship notices, or such other purchasing
communications as may be agreed upon by Supplier and Company for transactions
under this Agreement ("Electronic Data Interchange" or "EDI"). Such EDI shall
be effective on mutually agreed upon date. In order to implement and operate
such EDI, Supplier shall, not later than mutually agreed upon date, at its sole
expense obtain, make fully operational and maintain all equipment, software and
other materials set forth in Company's EDI Planning Guide (a copy of which
Company will provide Supplier). Supplier shall also execute an Electronic
Purchasing Agreement with Company at the time of execution of this Agreement.
10.36 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall incorporate the typed or written
provisions on Company's Orders issued pursuant to this Agreement and shall
constitute the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the subject
matter of this Agreement and the Order(s), Supplemental Agreement(s) or TCL(s)
and shall not be modified or rescinded, except by a writing signed by Supplier
and AT&T. All references in these terms and conditions to this Agreement or to
Work, Services, material, Deliverables, Products, Software or information
furnished under, in performance of, pursuant to, or in contemplation of, this
Agreement shall also apply to any Orders, Supplemental Agreement or TCL, issued
pursuant to this Agreement. Printed provisions on the reverse side of Company's
Orders and all provisions on Supplier's forms shall be deemed deleted.
Additional or different terms inserted in this Agreement by Supplier, or
deletions thereto, whether by alterations, addenda, or otherwise, shall be of no
force and effect, unless expressly consented to by AT&T in writing. Estimates
or forecasts furnished by Company shall not constitute commitments. The
provisions of this Agreement supersede all contemporaneous oral agreements and
all prior oral and written quotations, communications, agreements and
understandings of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this
Agreement.
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 61 of 1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Supplier and Company have executed this Contract in
duplicate as of the dates set forth below.
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC. BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS GROUP, LTD.
/s/ David S. Gergacz /s/ David S. Gergacz
- ------------------------------ -------------------------------
Signature Signature
David S. Gergacz David S. Gergacz
- ------------------------------ -------------------------------
Name - typed or printed Name - typed or printed
C.E.O. Director
- ------------------------------ -------------------------------
Title - typed or printed Title - typed or printed
12/17/97 12/17/97
- ------------------------------ -------------------------------
Date Date
AT&T CORP.
/s/ Dennis Carey
- ------------------------------
Signature
Dennis Carey
- ------------------------------
Name - typed or printed
V.P. and Gen. Manager
- ------------------------------
Title - typed or printed
12/12/97
- ------------------------------
Date
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A Contract No. GA0023D
Page 1 of 8
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISSION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL COMMITMENT FOR THE ******* SERVICE
(Itemized Ordering Attachment For FRF 6672 & FRF 6776)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RTU &
DESCRIPTION Quantity Capital Development Warranty TOTAL
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Brite ESP Platform Live Nodes **** **** ****
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -- Active Nodes ****
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -- Disaster Recovery Nodes ****
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
******* Feature Development
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -- Basic Features & OAM&P **** **** ****
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -- SS7/TCAP for ******* **** **** **** ****
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RTU Licences (for **** live nodes) **** **** ****
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**** Warranty for 1 Year (for **** live nodes) **** **** ****
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Brite ESP Platform Spares Kits (for **** live nodes) **** **** ****
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Brite ESP Platform ITN Test Node (including warranty) **** **** ****
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Brite ESP Platform Development Lab Node (including warranty) **** **** ****
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EF&I **** **** ****
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRAND TOTAL FOR ******* **** **** **** $25,028,278
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Company and Supplier agree to negotiate in good faith a Supplemental Agreement
to be agreed upon by February 16, 1998 for the ******* Service. At that time,
Exhibits A, B and C will be removed from this Agreement and will be made part
of the Supplemental Agreement for the ******* Service.
As per Clause 6.13, SPARES, of this Agreement, when Company receives failure
rate predictions of Components of the Product, Company reserves the right to
modify this initial commitment as it relates to the total number of spares
kits purchased.
EXHIBIT A, PAGES 2 THROUGH 8, CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL WHICH HAS BEEN
OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT B Contract No. GA0023D
Page 1 of 2
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISSION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
1.0 ******* SERVICE DESCRIPTION
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
***********************.
2.0 PRODUCT CONFIGURATION
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
****.
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
************************************.
____________________
********
********
********
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT B Contract No. GA0023D
Page 2 of 2
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISSION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
BRITE ESP PLATFORM NODE CABINET CONFIGURATION
TO SUPPORT THE ******* SERVICE
**************
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT C Contract No. GA0023D
Page 1 of 1
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
Exclusivity Designation For The ******* Service (FRF 6672 & FRF 6776)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEATURE NAME Q4 DATE FRF# COMPANY SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT DEVELOPMENT EXCLUSIVITY / UNLIMITED
+ RTU EXCLUSIVITY REPLICATION
LICENSE FEE PERIOD RIGHTS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
******* - Release 1.0 TBD [+] 6672 ******* - Release 1.0: ************************** *********** No / N/A No
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
******* - Release 1.0 TBD [+] 6776 ******* - Release 1.0: ****************** No / N/A No
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
[+] APPLICATION SOFTWARE DELIVERY DATE: Supplier's Q4 date, which will be no
later than ********, will be mutually negotiated and agreed to prior to the
completion of the Supplemental Agreement for the ******* Service.
[++] This total includes the cost for FRF 6672 and FRF 6776.
Company and Supplier agree that all Features in the initial commitment for
******* Service-Release 1.0 are included in FRF 6672 & FRF 6776 and no such
features are considered to be exclusive, developed information or an original
work of authorship and no such Features shall be considered to be inventions
owned by the Company. Company and Supplier further agree that Company shall
solely own all intellectual property rights, including, without limitation,
patent rights and trade secret rights that are associated with the following
concept: The combination of the following elements, an account number that can
be used as a dialable number to receive telecommunication services from a
particular carrier and operating as a billing mechanism to which such
communication services and communication services from other carriers can be
charged.
Once the above referenced documents are baselined, they may be updated from time
to time in accordance with the provisions of Clause 2.11, Changes in Scope, of
this Agreement.
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
Contract No.GA0023D
Page 1 of 1
EXHIBIT D
RIGHT TO USE (RTU) LICENSE DISCOUNT SCHEDULE
(Purchases of complete Brite ESP Platform Systems
beyond the initial purchase in Exhibit A)
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMISSION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
---------------------------------------------------------------
RTU EXPENSE DISCOUNT SCHEDULE ORIGINAL REVISED
---------------------------------------------------------------
Application license ********** ****** ******
---------------------------------------------------------------
Application license ********** ****** ******
---------------------------------------------------------------
Application license ********** ******
---------------------------------------------------------------
Application license ********** ******
---------------------------------------------------------------
Application license ********** ******
---------------------------------------------------------------
Application license ********** ******
---------------------------------------------------------------
The above table details the discount schedule as applied to the purchase price
of RTU Licenses that are part of future purchases and managed services where
applicable (beyond initial purchase as described in Exhibit A) of complete Brite
ESP Platform Systems (Brite ESP Platform Systems similar in configuration and
function as described in Exhibit B). For calculation purposes, all purchased
application RTU's are cumulative.
The Company may, at its option, choose one of the following:
1. Apply the applicable "Revised" discount percentage available to the then
current purchase price for RTU's (included in the purchase of a complete
Brite ESP Platform System); or
2. Apply the applicable "Original" discount percentage available to the then
current purchase price for RTU's (included in the purchase of a complete
Brite ESP Platform System ). Apply the resulting dollar amount difference
between the applicable "Revised" discount percentage available and the
applicable "Original" discount percentage available in the form of a credit
to the purchase price of development services.
Dollar discounts in the form of a credit are available to Company for a period
of 12 months following receipt of a valid Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL
for the Brite ESP Platform System from which the dollar discount credit is
calculated. Dollar discount credits may be applied to development services upon
receipt of a valid Order, Supplemental Agreement or TCL for that development
service.
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT E Contract No. GA0023D
Page 1 of 1
EXHIBIT E CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL WHICH HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 1 of 6
ENGINEERING AND INSTALLATION SUPPORT
EXHIBIT F
"GENERAL CONDITIONS"
EXHIBIT F, PAGES 1 THROUGH 6, CONTAINS MATERIAL WHICH HAS
BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISION
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 1 of 3
MINORITY AND WOMEN'S BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MWBE)
EXHIBIT G
AT&T SUPPLIER DIVERSITY PROGRAM
PO BX 25000
GUILFORD CENTER 1
GREENSBORO NC 27420-5000
System will only accept legible forms. Incomplete or illegible forms will not
be processed.
Legal Name of Business
---------------------------------------------------------
Main Address
--------------------------------------------------------------------
State Zip
------------------------------------- -------- -----------
Contact Person Title
---------------------------------- ------------------------
Owner's Name Title
------------------------------------ ------------------------
Phone ( ) Fax ( ) Gross Sales
------------------ ------------------------- -------------
Is the Owner an American Citizen? Is the Owner a California Legal Immigrant?
--- --
Number of Employees Federal Tax ID or Sole Proprietorship #
--------- ----------
Type of Business: Manufacturer Distributor Contractor
--- --- ---
Service Provider Retail Dealer Other (please explain):
- --- --- --- ---------------
Business Classification: Large Small Non Profit Year Business Started:
--- --- --- ----
Service Area: Local, Regional or National (please specify):
--------------------
Our Company is presently verified by (CHECK THOSE WHICH APPLY AND PLEASE PROVIDE
A COPY OF YOUR VERIFICATION):
8a NMSDC/Regional Purchasing Council California Clearinghouse
---- ---- ----
Women Business Owners Corporation (WBOC)
----
Are you currently doing business with AT&T? Yes No If yes: %
--- --- ---
Give a brief (50 words or less) description of what your company does as you
wish it to appear in the database.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITIONS:
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 2 of 3
A Minority or Women's Business Enterprise is defined as a business which is
owned, controlled and operated by minority or women group members. Minority or
women's ownership exists in a business which is at least 51% owned by minority
or women group members, or in the case of a publicly held company, a firm in
which at least 51% of the stock is owned by minority or women group members.
Operate is defined as being actively involved in the day-to-day management.
Control is defined as exercising the power to make policy decisions.
MWBE companies must be located within the United States, its territories or
possessions. Owners must be American citizens (in California only, legal
immigrants with permanent resident status in the United States are also
eligible).
Non-Minority American means all non-minority women not covered by the definition
of American minority groups below.
For the purpose of identification, minority group members are defined as:
Native American means American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, and native Hawaiians.
Asian Pacific American means all persons having origins in Japan, China,
Vietnam, Korea, Samoa, Guam, the US Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands
(Republic of Palau), the Northern Mariana Islands, Laos, Kampuchea (Cambodia),
Taiwan, Burma, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, Singapore, Brunei, Republic of the
Marshall Islands, or the Federated States of Micronesia.
Asian Indian American means all persons having origins in India, Pakistan,
Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Bhutan, or Nepal.
African American means all persons having origin in any of the Black racial
groups.
Hispanic American means all persons having origins in Mexico, Puerto Rico, Cuba,
Central, Latin or South America, or other Spanish culture or origins.
Filipino American means all persons having origins in the Philippine Islands.
A Disabled American Veteran Owned business concern is a company that is 100%
owned, controlled and operated by one or more American Veterans who were
disabled during their active military service and is verified by the State of
California's Office of Small and Minority Business (OSMB).
When filling out our Supplier Self-Certification form, please take care to
properly designate the ownership status of your company. A California statute
makes its a crime in the state of California for any person or corporation to
falsely represent their business as a minority or woman-owned business which is
punishable by a fine of not more than $5,000, or by imprisonment in the county
jail for not to exceed one year or in the state prison for not to exceed five
years of its directors, officers or agents responsible for the false statements
or both the fine and imprisonment.
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 3 of 3
This company is owned, controlled, and operated by (please indicate percentage
ownership below):
ETHNIC DESCRIPTION MALE FEMALE
- -----------------------------------------
Non-Minority American % %
----- -----
Native American % %
----- -----
Asian Pacific American % %
----- -----
Asian Indian American % %
----- -----
African American % %
----- -----
Hispanic American % %
----- -----
Filipino American % %
----- -----
Service Disabled Veteran (California only) % %
----- -----
NY/NJ Hasidic Jew % %
----- -----
The signer agrees to notify AT&T immediately if there is a change in the
ownership status of the signer's company and recognizes AT&T's right to
decertify the signer's company if the signer's company no longer qualifies to be
considered an MWBE or California Service Disabled firm.
The signer represents The signer represents
that the enterprise IS a that the enterprise IS
Minority, Women-Owned or NOT a Minority, Women-
California Service Owned or California
Disabled Business and Service Disabled Business
recognizes that this form and recognizes that this
will be relied upon form will be relied upon
fulfilling legal in fulfilling legal
requirements. requirements.
Signature of Authorized Signature of Authorized
Representative Representative
- ------------------------------- ---------------------------
Print Title
Name
------------------------ ----------------------------
Date
------------------------
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 1 of 2
SEVERITY LEVEL
EXHIBIT H
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISSION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
RESPONSE TIME ON TROUBLE SEVERITY RANKINGS
- - Level 1/Emergency: Emergency conditions require immediate and continuous
action regardless of time of day until the emergency situation is
alleviated. Supplier will use the full resources available to it to
investigate the condition. Development of an action plan shall immediately
and Supplier shall use its best efforts to provide a fix or work around in
*************************.
Examples - Not intended to be the only situation of an emergency priority
- Total site outage (customer affecting)
- Customer unable to complete any call
- Duplex equipment failure
- Continuous final handling codes (call failures)
- Any Condition putting call processing in jeopardy
- - Level 2/High: High priority conditions shall be investigated immediately
by Supplier. An action plan shall be provided in
************************** and a fix or work around shall be provided in
************************.
Examples - Not intended to be the only situation of high priority
- Partial site outage
- Intermittent customer call failure
- Equipment failure
- Excessive systems faults ( database errors, billing,
customer records)
- Excessive final handling code (call failures)
- Any software update generated problems
- - Level 3/Medium: Medium priority conditions require resolution within
**************** *****.
Examples - Not intended to be the only situation of a medium priority
- Intermittent systems faults (asserts, audits)
- Intermittent final handling codes (call failures)
- Invalid traffic reports
- Diagnostic failures on equipment that can be restored
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
Contract No. GA0023D
Page 2 of 2
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE COMMISSION. ASTERISKS DENOTE SUCH OMISSIONS.
- Documentation errors that can generate customer implacting
problems
- - Level4/Low: Low priority conditions require resolution within
************************** ************.
Examples - Not intended to be the only situation of a low priority
- Documentation problems ( non-customer affecting)
- Problems that can be deferred based upon customer/user Input
- Reports, input message and output message format problems.
AT&T Proprietary (Restricted)
Solely for Those Persons Having a Need to Know
Use Pursuant to Company Instructions
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT I
WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF DECEMBER 12, 1997
BY AND BETWEEN
AT&T CORP.
AND
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
<PAGE>
This WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), is dated as of December 12,
1997, by and between AT&T Corp., a New York corporation (the "Holder"), and
Brite Voice Systems, Inc., a Kansas corporation (the "Company").
In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, and for
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
"Affiliate" shall mean any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or
more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or under common control with a
specified Person.
"Board" shall mean the Company's Board of Directors.
"Claims" means actions, causes of action, suits, claims, complaints, demands,
litigations or legal, administrative or arbitral proceedings or investigations.
"Closing" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
"Closing Date" shall mean the date on which the Closing occurs.
"Common Stock" shall mean the Company's common stock, no par value.
"Exercise Date" shall mean each date on which AT&T exercises, in whole or in
part, the Warrant.
"Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect in the business,
prospects, assets, results of operations or condition, financial or otherwise,
of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
"Person" shall mean an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a
joint venture, a corporation, an association, a trust or any other entity or
organization, including a government or any department or agency thereof.
"SEC" means the Securities Exchange Commission.
"SEC Document" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7.
2. ISSUANCE OF WARRANT
In consideration for the Holder entering into the Purchase Agreement, dated
the date hereof, between the Holder and the Company (the "Purchase
Agreement"), the Company shall issue a warrant at the Closing to purchase
up to 1,400,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $11 per
share, subject to adjustment, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (
the "Warrant").
3. CLOSING OF ISSUE AND PURCHASE
3.1. CLOSING
2
<PAGE>
The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the
"Closing") shall take place on the date hereof at the Company, 250
International Parkway, Heathrow, Florida, 32746, or at such other
date, time or place as the parties hereto shall mutually agree upon
in writing.
3.2. TRANSACTIONS AT CLOSING
Subject in each case to the terms and conditions contained in this
Agreement, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Holder the following documents prior to or concurrently with the
Closing, except as otherwise expressly stated herein:
3.2.1. resolutions of the Board in full force and effect pursuant
to which (i) the issuance of the Warrant to the Holder is
authorized and (ii) the execution, delivery and performance
of this Agreement is authorized; and
3.2.2. a validly executed Warrant issued in the name of the Holder.
4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder the following to
be true and correct as at the Closing Date and each Exercise Date and
acknowledges that the Holder is entering into this Agreement in reliance
thereon:
4.1. ORGANIZATION
The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the State of Kansas and has full
corporate power and authority to conduct its business as presently
conducted and as proposed to be conducted by it and to enter into and
perform this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement. The Company is duly qualified to do business as a
foreign corporation in every jurisdiction in which the failure to so
qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.2. SHARE CAPITAL
4.2.1. The SEC Documents set forth the Company's authorized capital
stock and the issued and outstanding shares as of the date
thereof. All of the issued and outstanding shares have been
duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and
non-assessable. The Company is not subject to any
obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or
otherwise acquire or retire any shares of its capital stock.
4.2.2. Except as set forth in the SEC Documents, there are no share
capital, preemptive rights, convertible securities,
outstanding warrants, options or other rights to subscribe
for, purchase or acquire from the Company any share capital
of the Company and there are no contracts or binding
commitments providing for the issuance of, or the granting
of rights to acquire, any share capital of the Company or
under which the Company is, or may become, obligated to
issue any of its securities.
4.2.3. Upon exercise of the Warrant, the shares of Common Stock,
when issued and paid for in accordance with this Agreement,
will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and
non-
3
<PAGE>
assessable, will have the rights, preferences, privileges,
and restrictions set forth in the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation and will be free and clear of any liens,
claims, charges, attachments, encumbrances, adverse claims,
interests or any third party rights or claims of any kind
created by the Company and will be duly registered in the
Holder's name in the Company's share transfer register.
4.3. ISSUANCE OF THE WARRANT
The issuance of the Warrant in accordance with this Agreement has
been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of
the Company, and all shares of Common Stock issuable upon issuance of
the Warrant have been duly reserved for issuance.
4.4. AUTHORITY FOR AGREEMENT
The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this
Agreement and the Warrant and the consummation by the Company of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action. This Agreement and the
Warrant have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and
constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable
in accordance with their respective terms. The execution of this
Agreement and performance of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the Warrant and compliance with the provisions hereof
and thereof by the Company will not violate any provision of law and
will not conflict with or result in any breach of any of the terms,
conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or
require a consent or waiver under, the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation or By-Laws or any indenture, lease, agreement or other
instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of
its properties is bound, or any decree, judgment, order, statute,
rule or regulation applicable to the Company.
4.5. GOVERNMENTAL CONSENTS
Except for filings of pre-merger notification and report forms under
the HSR Act, if any, no consent, approval, order or authorization of,
or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing
with, any governmental authority is required on the part of the
Company in connection with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the issuance and delivery of the Warrant and the shares
underlying the Warrant upon exercise thereof. Based in part on the
representations made by the Holder in Section 5 hereof, the issuance
and delivery of the Warrant and the shares underlying the Warrant
upon exercise thereof to the Holder is in compliance with applicable
Federal and state securities laws.
4.6. LITIGATION
Except as set forth in the SEC Documents, there are no Claims, which
individually or in the aggregate, could have a Material Adverse
Effect, pending or threatened against the Company, before any court,
arbitration board or tribunal or administrative or governmental
agency, nor is the Company aware of any fact which would result in
any such Claims. The Company is not a party or subject to the
provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any
court or governmental agency or instrumentality, which individually
or in the aggregate, could have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.7 SEC DOCUMENTS; UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES
4
<PAGE>
The Company has filed all required reports, schedules, forms,
statements and other documents with the SEC since January 1, 1994
(collectively, and in each case including all exhibits and schedules
thereto and documents incorporated by references therein, and as
amended, the "SEC Documents"). As of their respective dates, the SEC
Documents complied in all material respects with the requirements of
the Securities Act, or the Exchange Act, as the case may be, and the
rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder applicable to
such SEC Documents, and none of the SEC Documents (including any and
all financial statements included therein) as of such dates contained
any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to
make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading. The consolidated financial
statements of the Company included in all SEC Documents comply as to
form in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements
and the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect
thereto, have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles (except, in the case of unaudited consolidated
quarterly statements, as permitted by Form 10-Q of the SEC) applied
on a consistent basis during the periods involved, except as may be
indicated in the notes thereto) and fairly present the consolidated
financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries
as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of their
operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the
case of unaudited quarterly statements, to normal year-end audit
adjustments). Except as set forth in the SEC Documents, at the date
of the most recent audited financial statements of the Company
included in the SEC Documents, neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries had, and since such date neither the Company nor any of
such subsidiaries has incurred, any liabilities or obligations of any
nature (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) which,
individually or in the aggregate, would be required to be disclosed
in a balance sheet prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles and would reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
4.8. ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES OR EVENTS
Except as disclosed in the SEC Documents, since the date of the most
recent audited financial statements included in such SEC Documents,
the Company has conducted its business only in the ordinary course
consistent with past practice, and there is not and has not been:
(a) any change in the Company or any condition, event or occurrence
which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (b) any condition, event or
occurrence which would reasonably be expected to prevent, hinder or
materially delay the ability of the Company to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
4.9. FULL DISCLOSURE
The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this
Agreement do not contain any untrue statement of material fact with
respect to the subject matter hereof or omit to state any material
fact necessary to make the statements contained herein, in light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
5
<PAGE>
5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER
The Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company the following to
be true and correct as at the Closing Date and each Exercise Date and
acknowledges that the Company is entering into this Agreement in reliance
thereon:
5.1. ENFORCEABILITY
This Agreement when executed and delivered by the Holder, shall
constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Holder,
enforceable against it accordance with its terms.
5.2. AUTHORIZATION
All corporate actions on the part of the Holder necessary for the
authorization, execution, delivery, and performance of all its
obligations under this Agreement have been (or will have been) taken
prior to the Closing.
5.3. APPROVALS
Except for filings of pre-merger notification and report forms under
the HSR Act, if any, no consent, approval, order, license, permit,
action by, or authorization of or designation, or declaration, from
any Person or filing with any governmental authority on the part of
the Holder is required to be obtained in connection with the valid
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.
5.4. INVESTMENT
The Holder represents and warrants that it is purchasing the Warrant
and any shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant for its own
account and not with a view toward resale. The Holder understands
that the Warrant and any shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant
have not been registered under the securities laws of any
jurisdiction, and therefore, the Warrant and any shares issuable upon
exercise of the Warrant will not be publicly tradable unless they are
subsequently registered under applicable securities laws or an
exemption from such registration is available. The Holder
acknowledges that unless there is an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws
covering the sale of the Warrant or any shares issuable upon exercise
of the Warrant, the Warrant and the shares issuable upon exercise of
the Warrant may not be sold unless the Company receives an opinion of
legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company stating that
such transaction is exempt from registration. The Holder also
acknowledges that in making its investment decision it did not rely
on any information provided to it by the Company except as set forth
in this Agreement, any schedules, exhibits or documents contemplated
hereby and publicly available information.
5.5. ACCREDITED INVESTOR
The Holder is an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501 of the
regulations promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
6. REGISTRATION RIGHTS
6
<PAGE>
6.1 PIGGY BACK REGISTRATION
If the Company at any time proposes to register any shares of Common
Stock under the Securities Act on a form and in a manner that would
permit registration of Warrant Shares for sale to the public under the
Securities Act, it will each such time give prompt written notice to
AT&T of its intention to do so, describing such securities and
specifying the form and manner and the other relevant facts involved
in such proposed registration (including, without limitation, whether
or not such registration will be in connection with an underwritten
offering of its Common Stock and, if so, the identity of the managing
underwriter and whether such offering will be pursuant to a "best
efforts" or "firm commitment" underwriting). Upon the written request
of AT&T delivered to the Company within 20 days after such notice
shall have been given (which request shall specify the number of
Registrable Shares, excluding any Warrant Shares not yet exercisable
under the Warrant, intended to be disposed of and the intended method
of disposition), the Company will use its best efforts to effect the
registration under the Securities Act, as expeditiously as is
reasonable, of all Registrable Shares that the Company has been so
requested to register, to the extent requisite to permit the
disposition (in accordance with the intended methods thereof) of the
Registrable Shares so to be registered under the procedures set forth
in this Section 6; PROVIDED, that if the registration so proposed by
the Company involved an underwritten offering of the securities so to
be registered, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause the
managing underwriter to permit the Registrable Shares requested to be
registered to be included on the same terms and conditions as the
other shares in the offering; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the managing
underwriter of such underwritten offering selected by the Company
shall advise the Company in writing that, in its judgment, the number
of securities proposed to be included in such offering by the Company
(the "Company Securities") and the number of shares of Registrable
Shares proposed to be included in such offering should be limited due
to marketing conditions, then the Company will promptly advise AT&T
and may require, by written notice to AT&T, that, to the extent
necessary to meet such limitation, Registrable Shares be excluded from
such offering until after the completion of the distribution of such
securities by such underwriters; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the
Company shall have the right to postpone or withdraw any registration
without obligation to AT&T. For purposes of this Agreement,
"Registrable Securities" means 2/3 of the Warrant Shares issuable upon
exercise of the Warrants, taking into account any adjustments, less
any Warrant Shares that have been sold to the public pursuant to a
registration statement or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or, in the
opinion of counsel to the Company reasonably satisfactory to the
Holder, any Warrant Shares that may be sold by such Holder under Rule
144(k) under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an
Acceleration Event occurs, "Registrable Shares" means all Warrant
Shares.
6.2 REGISTRATION PROCEDURES
If the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to use
its best efforts to effect the registration of the Registrable Shares
under the Securities Act, the Company, subject to the provisions
hereof, shall:
(a) file with the SEC a Registration Statement with respect to the
Registrable Shares and use its best efforts to cause that Registration
Statement to become and remain effective until the earlier of (i) the
time all Registrable Shares have been sold pursuant thereto or
otherwise; (ii) the time all Registrable Shares could be sold by AT&T
within a three-month period without a registration statement under
Rule 144 or otherwise; or (iii) 45 days from the date that such
Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC;
7
<PAGE>
(b) as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the SEC any
amendments and supplements to the Registration Statement and the
prospectus included in the Registration Statement as may be necessary
to keep the Registration Statement effective;
(c) as expeditiously as possible furnish to AT&T such reasonable
numbers of copies of the prospectus, including a preliminary
prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act,
and such other documents as AT&T may reasonably request in order to
facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable
Shares; and
(d) as expeditiously as possible use its best efforts to register or
qualify the Registrable Shares covered by the Registration Statement
under the securities or "Blue Sky" laws of such states as AT&T shall
reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things that may
be necessary or desirable to enable AT&T to consummate the public sale
or other disposition in such states of the Registrable Shares.
If the Company has delivered preliminary or final prospectuses to AT&T
and after having done so the prospectus is amended to comply with the
requirements of the Securities Act, the Company shall promptly notify
AT&T and, if requested, AT&T shall immediately cease making offers of
Registrable Shares and return all prospectuses to the Company. The
Company shall promptly provide AT&T with revised prospectuses and,
following receipt of the revised prospectuses, AT&T shall be free to
resume making offers of the Registrable Shares.
6.3 PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS
AT&T shall not make any sales of Registrable Shares without causing
the prospectus delivery requirements under the Securities Act to be
satisfied and AT&T shall promptly advise the Company of any changes in
the information concerning AT&T contained in any prospectus included
in any Registration Statement. AT&T acknowledges that occasionally
there may be times when the Company must suspend the use of the
prospectus forming a part of a Registration Statement until such time
as an amendment to such Registration Statement has been filed by the
Company and declared effective by the SEC, or until such time as the
Company has filed an appropriate report with the SEC pursuant to the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall be
entitled to suspend the use of the prospectus forming a part of such
Registration Statement in any period during which the Company is
engaged in any activity or transaction or preparations or negotiations
for any activity or transaction ("Company Activity") that the Company
desires to keep confidential for business reasons, if the Company
determines in good faith that the public disclosure requirements
imposed on the Company under the Securities Act in connection with the
Registration Statement would require disclosure of the Company
Activity. AT&T hereby covenants that it will not offer or sell any
Registrable Shares pursuant to any prospectus during the period
commencing at the time at which the Company gives it notice of the
suspension of the use of said prospectus and ending at the time the
Company gives it notice that AT&T may thereafter effect sales pursuant
to said prospectus.
6.4 ALLOCATION OF EXPENSES
The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses of any registration
under this Section 6. The term "Registration Expenses" shall mean all
expenses incurred in complying with the registration provisions of
this Section 6, including without limitation all registration and
filing fees, exchange
8
<PAGE>
listing fees, printing expenses, fees and expenses of counsel and
state "Blue Sky" fees and expenses, but excluding underwriting
discounts, selling commissions and the payment of the exercise price
to purchase the Warrant Shares pursuant to the Warrant.
6.5 INDEMNIFICATION.
6.5.1 In the event of registration of the Registrable Shares under
the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Company
will indemnify and hold harmless AT&T, each underwriter of
such Registrable Shares, and each other Person, if any, who
controls AT&T or such underwriter within the meaning of the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any losses,
claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which
AT&T or such underwriter or controlling person may become
subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, state
securities or "Blue Sky" laws or otherwise, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact
contained in any Registration Statement under which such
Registrable Shares were registered under the Securities Act,
any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained in
the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement
to such Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based
upon the omission or alleged omission to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading; and the Company will
reimburse AT&T and such underwriter and each such
controlling person for any legal or any other expenses
reasonably incurred by AT&T and such underwriter or
controlling person in connection with investigating or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company will not be liable in
any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim,
damage or liability arises out of is based upon any untrue
statement or omission made in such Registration Statement,
preliminary prospectus or final prospectus, or any such
amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity
with information furnished to the Company, in writing, by or
on behalf of AT&T or such underwriter or controlling person
specifically for use in the preparation thereof.
6.5.2 In the event of registration of the Registrable Shares under
the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, AT&T will
indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its
directors and officers and each underwriter (if any) and
each Person, if any, who controls the Company or any such
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the
Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company, such
directors and officers, underwriter or controlling person
may become subject under the Securities Act, Exchange Act,
state securities or "Blue Sky" laws or otherwise, insofar as
such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in any Registration Statement under which such
Registrable Shares were registered under the Securities Act,
any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained in
the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement
to the Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based
upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, if the statement or
omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with
information relating to AT&T and furnished in writing to the
Company by or on behalf of AT&T specifically for use in
connection with the preparation of such Registration
Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the obligations of AT&T hereunder shall be
limited to
9
<PAGE>
an amount equal to the proceeds to AT&T of the Registrable
Shares sold in connection with such registration.
6.5.3 Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section
6.5 (the "Indemnified Party") shall give notice to the party
required to provide indemnification (the "Indemnifying
Party") promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual
knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought,
and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the
defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting
therefrom; PROVIDED, that counsel for the Indemnifying
Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or
litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party
(whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld); and
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the failure of any Indemnified Party
to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the
Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this
Section 6.5. The Indemnified Party may participate in such
defense at such party's expense; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
Indemnifying Party shall pay such expense if representation
of such Indemnifying Party by the counsel retained by the
Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or
potential differing interests between the Indemnified Party
and any other party represented by such counsel in such
proceeding. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any
such claim or litigation shall, except with the consent of
each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or
enter into any settlement which does not include as an
unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or
plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all
liability in respect of such claim or litigation, and no
Indemnified Party shall consent to entry of any judgment or
settle such claim or litigation without the prior written
consent of the Indemnifying Party.
6.6 INFORMATION BY AT&T
AT&T shall furnish to the Company such information regarding AT&T and
the distribution proposed by AT&T as the Company may reasonably
request in connection with, and otherwise cooperate with the Company
in the filing of, any registration, qualification or compliance
referred to in this Agreement.
6.7 ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
If the aggregate number of Registrable Shares and other shares of
Common Stock held by stockholders of the Company with registration
rights that are proposed to be included in an offering (collectively,
"Total Registrable Shares") is limited by the managing underwriter due
to marketing factors, then AT&T and the other holders of Total
Registrable Shares who have requested registration shall participate
in the registration pro rata based upon each holder's ownership of
shares of Common Stock and securities convertible into Common Stock
(treating any convertible securities on an as converted basis, whether
or not presently convertible) divided by all of the holders' ownership
of shares of Common Stock and securities convertible into Common Stock
(treating any convertible securities on an as converted basis, whether
or not presently convertible). If any holder (including AT&T) would
thus be entitled to include more securities than such holder requested
to be registered, the excess shall be allocated among other requesting
holders (including AT&T) pro rata in the manner described in the
preceding sentence.
6.8 RULE 144 INFORMATION
10
<PAGE>
The Company will maintain "adequate current public information"
regarding the Company within the meaning of paragraph (c) of Rule 144.
7. HART SCOTT
To the extent required by the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act
of 1976, as amended, and the federal regulations promulgated thereunder
(the "HSR Act"), the parties hereto will file as soon as reasonably
practicable with the United States Federal Trade Commission and the
Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice notification
and report forms with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby,
pursuant to the HSR Act. Such notification and report forms will comply as
to form, in all material respects, with all requirements applicable thereto
and all of the data and information reported in such forms shall be true,
correct and complete in all material respects. The parties hereto shall
request early termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act and the
rules promulgated thereunder and shall comply as promptly as practicable
with all requests, if any, for additional information and documentary
materials unless, in the reasonable opinion of outside counsel, such
information or documentation, as the case may be, is not required to be
produced under applicable law. Such additional information and
documentation will comply as to form, in all material respects, with all
requirements applicable thereto and will be true, correct and complete in
all material respects and the parties shall use their best efforts to
deliver such additional information as soon as reasonably practicable.
8. SURVIVAL; INDEMNITY
8.1 SURVIVAL
Notwithstanding any right of the parties to investigate fully the
affairs of the other parties and notwithstanding any knowledge of
facts determined or determinable by the parties pursuant to such
investigation, the parties have the right to rely fully upon the
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the other
parties contained in this Agreement and the documents delivered
pursuant to this Agreement. All such representations, warranties,
covenants and agreements shall survive execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the Closing and terminate, with respect to any Claim, on
the date upon which such Claim is barred by all applicable statutes of
limitations unless the Holder has commenced such Claim prior to that
date.
8.2 INDEMNIFICATION
Each party agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other
party (and its directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, successors
and assigns) from and against all Claims, losses, liabilities damages,
deficiencies, judgments, assessments, fines, settlements, costs and
expenses (including interest, penalties and fees, expenses and
disbursements of attorneys, experts, personnel and consultants
incurred by the indemnitee in any action or proceeding between the
indemnitee and the indemnitor or between the indemnitee and any third
party, or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or otherwise in
respect of any inaccuracy in or any breach of any representation,
warranty, covenant or agreement of such party contained in this
Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement.
8.3 INDEMNITY PROCEDURE
11
<PAGE>
Promptly after receipt by a party hereto of notice of the commencement
of any action, proceeding, or investigation in respect of which
indemnity may be sought as provided above, such party (and its
directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, successors and assigns)
(the "Indemnitee") shall notify the party from whom indemnification is
claimed (the "Indemnitor"). The Indemnitor shall promptly assume the
defense of the Indemnitee with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such
Indemnitee, and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the
sole cost and expense of the Indemnitor. The Indemnitee will
cooperate with the Indemnitor in the defense of any action,
proceeding, or investigation for which the Indemnitor assumes the
defense, provided, however, that if the defendants in any action
include both the Indemnitee and the Indemnitor and there is a conflict
of interests which would prevent counsel for the Indemnitor from also
representing the Indemnitee, the Indemnitee shall have the right to
select one separate counsel to participate in the defense of such
action on behalf of such Indemnitee. The Indemnitor shall not be
liable for the settlement by the Indemnitee of any action, proceeding,
or investigation effected without its consent, which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld. The Indemnitor shall not enter into any
settlement in any action, suit, or proceeding to which the Indemnitee
is a party, unless such settlement includes a general and
unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all claims with no
payment by the Indemnitee of consideration nor incurrence of any
obligation.
8.4. REMEDIES
The provisions of this Section 8 shall not limit or impair any right
or remedy arising from any breach of this Agreement. In addition to
any other remedy provided by law or equity, injunctive relief may be
obtained to enjoin the breach, or threatened breach, of any provision
of this Agreement and each party shall be entitled to the specific
performance by the other of its obligations hereunder and thereunder.
All remedies, either under this Agreement, or by law or as may
otherwise be afforded to any of the parties hereto as the case may
be, shall be cumulative.
9. MISCELLANEOUS
9.1. FURTHER ACTIONS
Each of the parties hereto shall, upon the request of the other party
hereto and at the expense of such requesting party, duly execute,
acknowledge and deliver or cause to be duly executed, acknowledged
and delivered, all such further instruments and documents reasonably
requested by the other party to further effectuate the intent and
purposes of this Agreement
9.2. GOVERNING LAW
The validity, performance, construction and effect of this Agreement
shall be governed by the substantive laws of the State of New York,
without regard to the provisions for choice of law thereunder.
9.3. ARBITRATION
Any dispute arising between the parties in connection with this
Agreement shall be, settled in the first instance between the
parties. If amicable settlement cannot be reached, then any dispute
arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including with respect
to its arbitrability, will be finally and exclusively settled by
arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration
Association (the "Rules"). The arbitration will be governed by the
United States Arbitration Act, 9
12
<PAGE>
U.S.C. Sec. 1, et seq., and judgment upon the award rendered by the
arbitrators may be entered by any court with competent jurisdiction.
The arbitration will be held in New York City. The arbitration shall
be conducted by a sole arbitrator to be appointed in accordance with
the Rules. The parties agree to exclude any right of application or
appear to any courts in connection with any question of law or fact
arising in the course of the arbitration or with respect to any award
made, except for purposes of enforcing the award or enforcing the
obligation to arbitrate.
9.4. JURISDICTION
Subject to the arbitration proceedings set forth in Section 9.3, each
of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for
itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New
York State Court or Federal Court sitting in New York, New York, and
any court having jurisdiction over appeals of matters heard in such
courts, in any action or proceeding arising out of, connected with,
related to or incidental to the relationship established between them
in connection with this Agreement, whether arising in contract, tort,
equity or otherwise, or for recognition or enforcement of any
judgment, and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and
unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action
or proceeding may be heard and determined in such state court or, to
the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Each of the
parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or
proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other
jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided
by law. Each of the parties hereto waives in all disputes any
objection that it may have to the location of the court considering
the dispute.
9.5. SERVICE OF PROCESS
Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the service of
process of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action or
proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, to their respective notice addresses
specified herein. Such service to become effective five (5) days
after such mailing. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives
any objection (including, without limitation, any objection of the
laying of venue or based on the grounds of FORUM NON CONVENIENS)
which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action
or proceeding with respect to this Agreement in any jurisdiction set
forth above. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process
in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of
either party to bring proceedings against the other in the courts of
any other jurisdiction.
9.6. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; ASSIGNMENT
Except as otherwise expressly limited herein, the provisions hereof
shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors,
permitted assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators of the
parties hereto.
9.7. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT AND WAIVER; CONTRADICTION
This Agreement, together with the Warrants and the Purchase
Agreement, set forth the entire agreement of the parties with respect
to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements,
contracts promises, representations, warranties, statements,
arrangements and understandings, if any, among the parties hereto or
their representatives. No waiver, modification or amendment of any
provision, term or condition hereof shall be valid unless in writing
and signed by the party to be charged therewith, and any such waiver,
modification or amendment shall be valid only to the extent therein
set forth. In case of any direct contradiction between the
provisions of this
13
<PAGE>
Agreement and the By-laws which results from a change in the By-laws
at any time following the date hereof, the provisions of this
Agreement shall prevail in the relationship of the parties hereto.
9.8. NOTICES
All notices or other communications hereunder including claims shall
be in writing and shall be given in person, by registered mail
(registered air mail if mailed internationally), by an overnight
courier service which obtains a receipt to evidence delivery, or by
facsimile transmission (provided that written confirmation or receipt
is provided), addressed to each party in accordance with this
provision:
if to the Holder AT&T Corp.
295 North Maple Avenue
Basking Ridge, NJ 07920
Attn: Dennis Carey
Vice President
Tel: 908-221-7227
Fax: 908-221-5874
With a copy to: AT&T Corp.
295 North Maple Avenue
Basking Ridge, NJ 07920
Attn.: Marilyn Wasser
Vice President Law
and Secretary
Tel: 908-221-6600
Fax: 908-221-6618
if to the Company: Brite Voice Systems, Inc.
250 International Parkway
Heathrow, Florida 32746
Attn: David S. Gergacz
Tel: 407-357-1000
Fax: 407-357-1410
or such other address with respect to a party as such party shall
notify each other Party in writing as above provided. Any notice
sent in accordance with this Section shall be effective (i) if
mailed, five (5) business days after MAILING, (ii) if sent by
messenger, upon delivery, and (iii) if sent via telecopier, upon,
transmission and electronic confirmation of receipt or (if
transmitted and received on a non-business day) on the first business
day following transmission and electronic confirmation of receipt.
9.9. EXPENSES
Each party shall bear its own expenses in connection with the
preparation, execution, and delivery of this Agreement and the
negotiations leading thereto, and any other documents relating to the
transactions contemplated by the Agreement. The Company shall be
solely responsible for the payment of any taxes imposed on the
Company. In the event that the transaction does not close for any
reason, each party shall be responsible for its own legal costs.
14
<PAGE>
9.10 INDEMNIFICATION OF BROKERAGE
The Company represents and warrants to the Holder that no broker,
finder, agent or similar intermediary (a "Broker") has acted on
behalf of the Company, any of its subsidiaries in connection with
this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and that
there are no brokerage commissions, finder's fees or similar fees or
commissions payable in connection therewith based on any agreement,
arrangement or understanding with the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or any action taken by the Company or any of its
subsidiaries. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Holder from any claim or demand for commission or other compensation
by any Broker claiming to have been employed by or on behalf of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries and to bear the cost of legal
expenses incurred in defending against any such Claim. The Holder
represents and warrants to the Company that no Broker has acted on
behalf of the Holder in connection with this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby and that there are no brokerage
commissions, finders' fees or similar fees or commissions payable in
connection therewith based on any agreement, arrangement or
understanding with the Holder, or any action taken by the Holder.
The Holder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company from
any Claim or demand for commission or other compensation by any
Broker claiming to have been employed by or on behalf of the Holder,
and to bear the cost of legal expenses incurred in defending against
any such Claim.
9.11. PRESS RELEASE
Any press releases relating to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement shall be approved in advance in writing by all parties
hereto.
9.12. DELAYS OR OMISSIONS
No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy
accruing to any party upon any breach or default under this
Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default
theretofore, or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent,
or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any
breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of
any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, or any
waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of
this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to
the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies,
either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any
of the parties, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
9.13. SEVERABILITY
If any provision of this Agreement is held by a competent court to
be invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, then such
provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the remainder of
this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so
excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms;
provided, however, that in such event this Agreement shall be
interpreted so as to give effect, to the greatest extent consistent
with and permitted by applicable law, to the meaning and intention
of the excluded provision as determined by such court of competent
jurisdiction.
9.14. HEADINGS
15
<PAGE>
All section headings herein are inserted for convenience only and
shall not modify or affect the construction or interpretation of any
provision of this Agreement.
9.15. COUNTERPARTS
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original and enforceable against the
parties actually executing such counterpart, and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the
date first above written.
AT&T CORP.
By:______________________
Name:
Title:
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
By:______________________
Name:
Title:
16
<PAGE>
THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED UPON ITS EXERCISE HAVE NOT
BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE
SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT, OR AN EXEMPTION
FROM REGISTRATION, UNDER SAID ACT.
Number of Shares: 1,400,000 shares (subject to
adjustment as provided herein)
Date of Issuance: December 12, 1997
Issuer: Brite Voice Systems, Inc., a
Kansas corporation
COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT
Brite Voice Systems, Inc., a Kansas corporation (the "Company"), for value
received, hereby certifies that AT&T Corp., a New York corporation ("AT&T"), is
entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below, to
purchase from the Company, at any time or from time to time during the periods
specified herein, 1,400,000 shares of common stock, no par value, of the Company
(the "Common Stock"), at a purchase price of $11 per share, as may be adjusted
pursuant to the terms hereof.
The shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant, and the purchase
price per share, each as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions
of this Warrant, are hereinafter referred to as the "Warrant Shares" and the
"Purchase Price," respectively. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise
defined shall have the meaning given them in Section 12.
1. EXERCISE.
(a) This Warrant shall become exercisable, in full or in part, pursuant to
the provisions of Section 1(b), (i) immediately as to 466,666 Warrant Shares,
(ii) on the first anniversary of the date hereof as to 466,667 Warrant Shares
and (iii) on the second anniversary of the date hereof as to
<PAGE>
466,667 Warrant Shares (each as may be adjusted from time to time).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at an earlier date an Acceleration Event
occurs, then this Warrant shall become immediately exercisable, in full or in
part, pursuant to the provisions of Section 1(b) as to all Warrant Shares. This
Warrant shall remain exercisable as to particular Warrant Shares for a period of
three years after such Warrant Shares first become exercisable, and no longer,
and shall expire as to such Warrant Shares if not exercised prior to the end of
such three year period.
(b) The exercise of this Warrant shall be effected by surrender of this
Warrant, together with the purchase form appended hereto as Exhibit A duly
executed by AT&T, at the principal office of the Company, accompanied by payment
in full, by wire transfer, bank check, cancellation of a portion of this Warrant
pursuant to Section 1(c) or other method acceptable to the Company, of the
Purchase Price payable in respect of the number of Warrant Shares purchased upon
such exercise.
(c) AT&T may, at its option, elect to pay some or all of the Purchase
Price payable upon an exercise of this Warrant by canceling a portion of this
Warrant (to the extent then exercisable) with respect to such number of Warrant
Shares as is determined by dividing (i) the total Purchase Price payable in
respect of the number of Warrant Shares being purchased upon such exercise by
(ii) the excess of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the
effective date of exercise (the "Exercise Date"), over the Purchase Price per
share.
(d) The exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been effected
immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which this Warrant
shall have been surrendered to the Company and paid for as provided in Section
1(b) hereof. At such time, AT&T shall be deemed to have become the holder of
record of the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise.
(e) As soon as practicable after the exercise of this Warrant, in full or
in part, the Company, at its expense (including without limitation the payment
of any applicable stamp taxes), will cause to be issued in the name of, and
delivered to, AT&T:
(i) a certificate for the number of full Warrant Shares to which AT&T
shall be entitled upon such exercise plus, in lieu of any fractional shares to
which AT&T would
- 2 -
<PAGE>
otherwise be entitled, cash in an amount determined pursuant to Section 3
hereof; and
(ii) in case such exercise is in part only, a new warrant (dated the
date hereof) of like tenor, calling on the face thereof for the number of
Warrant Shares equal to the number of such shares called for on the face of this
Warrant(as adjusted pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof) minus the
sum of (A) the number of Warrant Shares purchased by AT&T upon such exercise
plus (B) the number of Warrant Shares, if any, covered by the portion of this
Warrant canceled in payment of the Purchase Price payable upon exercise pursuant
to Section 1(c).
2. ADJUSTMENTS.
(a) If outstanding shares of the Common Stock shall be subdivided into a
greater number of shares or a dividend in Common Stock shall be paid in respect
of Common Stock, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such
subdivision or at the record date of such dividend shall simultaneously, with
the effectiveness of such subdivision or immediately after the record date of
such dividend, be proportionately reduced. If outstanding shares of Common
Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Purchase Price in
effect immediately prior to such combination shall, simultaneously with the
effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased. When any
adjustment is required to be made in the Purchase Price, the number of Warrant
Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be changed to the
number determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to the number of shares
issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment,
multiplied by the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment,
by (ii) the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.
(b) If there shall occur any capital reorganization or reclassification of
the Common Stock (other than a change in par value or a subdivision or
combination as provided for in Section 2(a) hereof), or any consolidation or
merger of the Company with or into another company, or a transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, then, as part of any such
reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale, as the case may
be, lawful provision shall be made so that AT&T shall have the right thereafter
to receive upon the exercise hereof the kind and amount of shares of stock or
other securities or property which AT&T would have been entitled to receive if,
- 3 -
<PAGE>
immediately prior to any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation,
merger or sale, as the case may be, AT&T had held the number of shares of Common
Stock called for on the face of this Warrant (as adjusted pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 2). In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall
be made in the application of the provisions set forth herein with respect to
the rights and interests thereafter of AT&T, such that the provisions set forth
in this Section 2 (including provisions with respect to adjustment of the
Purchase Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as is reasonably
practicable, in relation to any shares of stock or other securities or property
thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant.
(c) If a dividend or other distribution shall be paid in respect of Common
Stock (other than a dividend as provided for in Section 2(a) hereof), the
Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to the record date of such dividend
or other distribution shall immediately after the record date of such dividend
or other distribution be reduced by the fair market value as of the record date
of such dividend or other distribution per share of Common Stock (as determined
in good faith by the Board of Directors). When any adjustment is required to be
made in the Purchase Price, the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the
exercise of this Warrant shall be changed to the number determined by dividing
(i) an amount equal to the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of this
Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by the Purchase Price
in effect immediately prior to such adjustment, by (ii) the Purchase Price in
effect immediately after such adjustment.
(d) If the Company proposes to issue shares of Common Stock or securities
convertible into Common Stock, at a price per share (including any payment to
convert securities into Common Stock) less than the Fair Market Value per share
of the Common Stock, other than (i) to its employees and directors pursuant to
the Company's 1984 Incentive Stock Option Plan, Non-employee Director Stock
Option Plan, 1994 Stock Option Plan, 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and any
other stock option or stock purchase plan adopted by the Company's Board of
Directors and approved by the Company's stockholders pursuant to which shares of
the Company's Common Stock may be issued to employees and/or directors of the
Company and (ii) to any sellers as all or part of the consideration for the
acquisition by the Company of a business (as defined in Rule 3-05 of S-X of the
U.S. securities laws), the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to
- 4 -
<PAGE>
equal the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to the new issuance
multiplied by the following fraction:
NS x NSPP
---------
OS + FMV
----------------------
OS + NS
where
OS = the number of outstanding shares on a fully diluted basis prior to the
new issuance
NS = the number of shares issued on a fully diluted basis in the new
issuance
NSPP = the price per share of the shares issued in the new issuance
(including any payment to convert securities into Common Stock)
FMV = the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock immediately prior
to the new issuance.
(e) When any adjustment is required to be made in the Purchase Price or
number of shares, the Company shall mail to AT&T, within 5 days of such
adjustment, an officers' certificate setting forth the Purchase Price and number
of shares after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts
requiring such adjustment, including in the case of Section 2(c), the basis of
the Board of Directors determination of the fair market value. Such certificate
shall also set forth the kind and amount of stock or other securities or
property into which this Warrant shall be exercisable following the occurrence
of any of the events specified above. If more than one adjustment is required
to be made pursuant to this Section 2, the adjustments shall be made
successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.
3. FRACTIONAL SHARES.
The Company shall not be required upon the exercise of this Warrant to
issue any fractional shares, but shall make an adjustment therefor in cash on
the basis of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock.
4. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS.
This Warrant, and upon exercise of this Warrant, the Warrant Shares,
may not, without the prior written consent of the Company, be sold, exchanged,
transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, whether voluntarily
or by operation of law, to any Person other than pursuant to registration under
the Securities Act or an exemption thereof, accompanied by an opinion of counsel
in
- 5 -
<PAGE>
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company to that effect. The
Holder acknowledges that any certificate evidencing the Warrant Shares shall
bear a legend to reflect the foregoing restriction to the extent such Warrant
Shares are subject to such restrictions.
5. NO IMPAIRMENT.
The Company will not, by amendment of its articles or certificate of
incorporation or other governance documents or through reorganization,
consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets or any other voluntary
action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms
of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out
of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or
appropriate in order to protect the rights of AT&T against impairment.
6. RESERVATION OF SHARES.
The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for
issuance and delivery upon the exercise of this Warrant, such number of Warrant
Shares and other stock, securities and property, as from time to time shall be
issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant.
7. REPLACEMENT OF WARRANT.
Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the
loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, the Company will issue,
in lieu therefor, a new Warrant of like tenor.
8. MAILING OF NOTICES.
All notices and other communications in connection herewith from the
Company to AT&T shall be mailed by first-class certified or registered mail,
postage prepaid, to the address furnished to the Company in writing by AT&T.
All notices and other communications from AT&T in connection herewith to the
Company shall be mailed by first-class certified or registered mail, postage
prepaid, to the address furnished to AT&T in writing by the Company.
9. NO RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDER.
Until the exercise of this Warrant, AT&T shall not have or exercise any
rights by virtue hereof as a stockholder of the Company.
- 6 -
<PAGE>
10. CHANGE OR WAIVER.
Any term of this Warrant may be changed or waived only by an instrument in
writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change or waiver is
sought.
11. HEADINGS.
The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall
not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.
12. DEFINITION.
As used in this Warrant, the following terms shall have the meanings
indicated below:
(a) "Acceleration Event" means (i) the direct or indirect, sale, lease,
exchange or other transfer of at least one-half of the assets of the Company to
any Person or group of Persons acting in concert as a partnership or other group
(a "Group of Persons") other than a subsidiary of the Company, (ii) the merger
or consolidation of the Company with or into another company with the effect
that the then existing stockholders of the Company hold less than 50% of the
combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the surviving
company of such merger or the company resulting from such consolidation
ordinarily (and apart from rights arising under special circumstances) having
the right to vote in the election of directors, (iii) the replacement of a
majority of the Board of Directors of the Company, over a two-year period, from
the directors who constituted the Board of Directors at the beginning of such
period (together with any new directors whose election has been approved by 2/3
of the directors still in office who either were directors at the beginning of
such period or whose election was previously so approved), (iv) a Person or
Group of Persons shall, as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market
purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise, have become the
beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of
securities of the Company representing 30% or more of the combined voting power
of the then outstanding securities of the Company ordinarily (and apart from
rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the
election of directors, or (v) an investment in the Company in excess of $5
million made by a material competitor of AT&T other than pursuant to open-market
purchases.
- 7 -
<PAGE>
(b) "Closing Bid Price" per share of Common Stock on each business day
means: (i) if the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading on any
securities exchange, the closing price, regular way, on such day on the
principal exchange on which such security is traded, or if no sale takes place
on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, (ii)
if the Common Stock is not then listed or admitted to trading on any securities
exchange, the last reported sale price on such day, or if there is no such last
reported sale price on such day, the average of the closing bid and the asked
prices on such day, as reported by a reputable quotation source designated by
the Company or (iii) if neither clause (i) nor (ii) is applicable, the average
of the reported high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a
reputable quotation service, or a newspaper of general circulation in the
Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, customarily published on each business
day, designated by the Company. If there are no such prices on a business day,
then the market price shall not be determinable for such business day.
(c) "Fair Market Value" per share of Common Stock at any date shall mean:
(i) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the NASDAQ
National Market or another nationally recognized exchange or trading system, the
Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of
the daily Closing Bid Prices for each business day during the period commencing
15 business days before such date and ending on the date one day prior to such
date or, if the Common Stock has been registered under the Exchange Act for less
than 15 consecutive business days before such date, then the average of the
daily closing bid prices for all of the business days before such date for which
daily closing bid prices are available. If the closing bid price is not
determinable for at least 10 business days in such period, the Current Market
Value of the Common Stock shall be determined as if the Common Stock was not
listed on a nationally recognized securities exchange, the NASDAQ National
Market or another nationally recognized exchange or trading system, (ii) if the
Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange, the NASDAQ
National Market or another nationally recognized exchange or trading system, the
Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock shall be deemed to be the amount
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors to represent the fair market
value per share of the Common Stock (including, without limitation, a
determination for purposes of granting Common Stock options or issuing Common
Stock under an employee benefit plan of the Company), unless AT&T requests
- 8 -
<PAGE>
that the Company obtain an opinion of an internationally recognized investment
banking firm chosen by the Company (who shall bear the expense) and reasonably
acceptable to AT&T, in which event Fair Market Value shall be determined by such
investment banking firm.
(d) "Person" means an individual, a partnership, a limited liability
company, a joint venture, a corporation, an association, a trust or any other
entity or organization, including a government or any department or agency
thereof.
13. GOVERNING LAW.
This Warrant will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of Kansas, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws
thereof.
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
By:
-------------------------------
Name:
Title:
Agreed and Accepted:
AT&T CORP.
By:
---------------------------
Name:
Title:
- 9 -
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
PURCHASE FORM
To: BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC. Dated:_____________
The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the attached
Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to purchase ____________ shares of the Common
Stock covered by such Warrant. The undersigned herewith makes payment of
$_______________, representing the full purchase price for such shares at the
price per share provided for in such Warrant. Such payment takes the form of
(check applicable box or boxes):
/ / $_______ by wire transfer, bank check or other method acceptable
to Brite Voice Systems, Inc., and/or
/ / the cancellation of such portion of the attached Warrant as is
exercisable for a total of _______ Warrant Shares (using a Fair
Market Value of $_______ per share for purposes of this
calculation).
AT&T CORP.
By:
---------------------------
Name:
Title
- 10 -
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.24 HEATHROW
701 INTERNATIONAL PARKWAY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEASE AGREEMENT
Between
701 INTERNATIONAL PARKWAY DEVELOPMENT COMPANY
("Landlord")
and
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
("Tenant")
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
LEASE SUMMARY
A. DATE OF EXECUTION OF LEASE: March 3, 1998
B. LANDLORD: 701 International Parkway Development Company
A Florida general partnership
C. ADDRESS OF LANDLORD: c/o Pizzuti Inc.
Suite 1350
155 South Orange Avenue
Orlando, Florida 32801
D. TENANT: Brite Voice Systems, Inc.
E. ADDRESS OF TENANT: 250 International Parkway, Suite 300
Heathrow, Florida 32746
Attention: David Gergacz, Chairman of the
Board and CEO
F. BUILDING: The office building located at 701
International Parkway, Heathrow, Florida,
together with the approximately 7.6 acre
tract of land on which the building is
located. The Building contains 125,880
feet of rentable space. In determining the
rental square footage of the Building, a
common area factor of 3.15% has been
utilized. The rental square footage of the
Building has further been calculated in
accordance with BOMA measurement standards
(as modified to ratably allocate all space
contained within the first floor lobby and
atrium area to all leaseable space in the
Building and not just to the first floor
space.).
G. LEASED PREMISES: That portion of the Building outlined on
Exhibit A. The Leased Premises contain
33,107 square feet of rentable space.
H. PERMITTED USE: General office use.
I. LEASE TERM: Five years and two months commencing on the
Commencement Date and terminating on the
Termination Date.
J. COMMENCEMENT DATE: April 1, 1998 (subject to deferral per
Section 9 of the Lease).
K. TERMINATION DATE: May 31, 2003 (subject to deferral per
Section 9 of the Lease).
L. BASE RENT: See the Base Rent Schedule attached as
Exhibit B to the Lease.
M. BASE EXPENSES: Annualized Operating Expenses for the calendar
year 1998.
N. TENANT'S PROPORTIONATE
SHARE OF EXCESS
EXPENSES: 26.30%.
O. SECURITY DEPOSIT: None
P. GUARANTOR: None
Q. GUARANTOR'S ADDRESS: Not applicable
The following exhibits are attached to and made a part of the Lease:
EXHIBIT A - Description of Leased Premises
EXHIBIT B - Base Rent Schedule
EXHIBIT C - Examples of Operating Expenses
EXHIBIT D - Heathrow Rules and Regulations
EXHIBIT E - Landlord's Work
EXHIBIT F - Agency Disclosure Statement
EXHIBIT G - Special Terms
EXHIBIT H - Radon Notice
EXHIBIT I - Janitorial Specifications
THE PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE SUMMARY ARE INCORPORATED BY THIS
REFERENCE INTO THE LEASE.
ii
<PAGE>
LEASE AGREEMENT
Landlord hereby leases the Leased Premises to Tenant for the duration of the
Lease Term. The leasing of the Leased Premises to Tenant will be upon the terms
and conditions set forth in this Lease.
Section 1. BASE RENT. Tenant will pay Base Rent in the amount set forth in
the Base Rent Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B.
Section 2. EXCESS EXPENSE PAYMENTS. Tenant will pay its Proportionate
Share of the increase, if any, of the Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord
during the Lease Term over the Base Expenses identified in the Lease Summary
("Excess Expenses"). Illustrative examples of those expenses which are included
within the definition of "Operating Expenses" are set forth in Exhibit C.
Tenant's Proportionate Share of such Excess Expenses will be paid by Tenant in
advance based upon Landlord's estimate of the Excess Expenses which will be
incurred during each calendar year during the Lease Term. Landlord will use its
best efforts to notify Tenant by December 1 of each year during the Lease Term
of the amount of the estimated Excess Expense payment which Tenant will be
required to make for each month of the upcoming calendar year.
On or before April 30 following the end of each calendar year, Landlord will
deliver to Tenant a written statement showing its actual Operating Expenses for
such calendar year and Tenant's actual Proportionate Share of the Excess
Expenses, if any. If the sum of the estimated Excess Expense payments paid by
Tenant during such calendar year exceeds Tenant's Proportionate Share of the
actual Excess Expenses incurred during such year, then, at Landlord's election,
Landlord will either refund the excess to Tenant or apply the same toward the
next succeeding monthly estimated Excess Expense payment due from Tenant. If
the sum of the estimated Excess Expense payments paid by Tenant during such
calendar year is less than Tenant's Proportionate Share of the actual Excess
Expenses incurred during such year, then Tenant will pay the deficiency to
Landlord within ten days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's written demand for
the payment thereof. If the Lease Term expires on a date other than December
31, then Tenant's Proportionate Share of the Excess Expenses for the last
calendar year during which the Lease Term is in effect will be prorated to take
into consideration the number of days during such calendar year in which the
Lease Term is in effect.
Section 3. MANNER AND TIMING OF RENT PAYMENTS. The first monthly
installment of Base Rent will be paid by Tenant coincident with its execution of
this Lease. Thereafter, monthly installments of Base Rent and estimated Excess
Expense payments, if any, will be due and payable in advance on or before the
first day of each calendar month during the Lease Term. Each such installment
will be paid to Landlord at its address set forth in the Lease Summary (or such
other address as Landlord may designate from time to time). If the Lease Term
commences on a day other than the first day of the month or terminates on a day
other than the last day of the month, then the installments of Base Rent and
estimated Excess Expense payments for such month(s) will be adjusted
accordingly. If any installment of Base Rent or any Excess Expense payment is
not received by Landlord within ten days after its due date, then a late
payment charge of 5% of such past due amount will be assessed and will be
immediately due and payable from Tenant. All installments of Base Rent and
estimated Excess Expense payments will be paid by Tenant without demand and
without any rights of reduction, counterclaim or offset. Tenant hereby agrees
to pay as additional rent any sales, use or other tax (other than income taxes)
now or hereafter imposed by any governmental authority upon the rent and other
sums payable by Tenant hereunder. The sales tax on Base Rent initially payable
by Tenant is set forth in the Base Rent Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B.
Landlord will notify Tenant of any change in any tax payable by Tenant as
additional rent hereunder. Landlord's acceptance of any payment which
constitutes less than all of the balance then owed to it by Tenant hereunder
will be treated as its receipt of a payment "on account" and not as an accord
and satisfaction and Landlord may accept any such payment (regardless of the
existence of any endorsement or statement to the contrary contained on any check
or letter accompanying such payment) without prejudice to Landlord's right to
recover the balance of the amount owed to it or pursue any other remedy provided
for in this Lease.
Section 4. SERVICES. Except as otherwise provided herein, Landlord will
provide all utility, HVAC and elevator services which are required for the use
of the Leased Premises for general office purposes during normal business hours
(8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on
Saturday, holidays excepted). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant will pay
for all costs related to the provision of telephone service to the Leased
Premises. Landlord will not be liable to Tenant, nor will Tenant be relieved of
any obligation hereunder if any service to the Leased Premises is interrupted
for any reason beyond Landlord's reasonable control.
Section 5. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. Landlord will maintain the Building
(including all common areas which serve the Building) and all structural
elements and mechanical systems located within the Leased Premises in good
repair and condition; provided, however, that Tenant (and not Landlord) will be
required to pay all costs of maintaining the same if the need therefor arises
due to the fault or negligence of Tenant or its agents, employees or guests,
and, provided, further, that Tenant will be required to pay all costs of
maintaining any separate mechanical units and systems installed in the Leased
Premises by Tenant. Landlord will also provide
<PAGE>
janitorial service to the Leased Premises five days per week in accordance with
the janitorial specifications attached hereto as Exhibit I. Except as otherwise
expressly set forth in this Section 5, Tenant will be responsible and pay for
all costs associated with maintaining and repairing the interior of the Leased
Premises, including, without limitation, all costs associated with the painting
of interior walls, the cleaning or replacing of wallcoverings and floorcoverings
and the replacing of light bulbs. Landlord will not be liable to Tenant, nor
will Tenant be relieved of any obligation hereunder if Tenant's use of the
Leased Premises is interrupted as a result of Landlord's required entry into the
Leased Premises for the purpose of making any repairs, alterations or
improvements to the structural elements or mechanical systems located within the
Leased Premises (including, without limitation, the HVAC system). Tenant
expressly waives any right it might otherwise have under any law, statute or
ordinance now or hereafter in effect to make any repairs to the Leased Premises
at Landlord's expense.
Section 6. USE OF LEASED PREMISES. Tenant will use the Leased Premises
solely for the Permitted Use. Tenant will not cause or permit any waste or
damage to the Leased Premises or the Building and will not occupy or use the
Leased Premises for any business or purpose which is unlawful, hazardous,
unsanitary, noxious or offensive or which unreasonably interferes with the
business operations of other tenants in the Building. Tenant will comply with
the Rules and Regulations for the Building which are set forth in Exhibit D (and
any modifications thereto which are consistent with the provisions of this
Lease). Tenant will also have the non-exclusive right to use the common areas
which serve the Building, including, without limitation, the Building's common
lobbies, hallways, elevators, restrooms and parking areas; provided, however,
that it is expressly understood and agreed that the restrooms located within the
Leased Premises will be devoted exclusively to Tenant's use and will not be
considered common areas of the Building.
Section 7. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. Tenant will at its sole expense comply
with all laws, governmental requirements and recorded covenants or conditions
which are now or hereafter in force pertaining to Tenant's occupancy and use of
the Leased Premises, including, without limitation, the Americans with
Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended. Landlord will be responsible, at its
expense and not as Operating Expense subject to being passed through to the
Tenant as Excess Expenses, for complying with all laws, governmental
requirements and recorded covenants or conditions which are now or hereafter in
force pertaining to the ownership of commercial office buildings generally (and
which are not solely attributable to Tenant's specific occupancy and use of the
Leased Premises).
Section 8. SIGNS. Tenant will not place any sign or other advertising
material on the exterior or interior of the Leased Premises or the Building,
without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord will at its expense
provide Tenant with the Building's standard graphics and signage for
identification of Tenant on the business directory, the elevator lobby and the
entranceway to the Leased Premises.
Section 9. LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS. Attached to this Lease as Exhibit E are
either: (a) the preliminary specifications for the improvements to be made to
the Leased Premises ("Improvements"); or (b) a tenant improvement allowance for
such Improvements. To the extent Exhibit E simply sets forth a tenant
improvement allowance for the Improvements which will ultimately be constructed
to the Leased Premises, Landlord and Tenant agree that, promptly following the
parties' execution of this Lease, they will meet to develop approved preliminary
specifications for the Improvements. Once Landlord and Tenant have approved
preliminary specifications (either by the initial attachment of the same hereto
as Exhibit E or as a product of their meeting promptly following the execution
of this Lease), Landlord will proceed with the preparation of the final
architectural and engineering drawings, plans and specifications for the
Improvements. Once those drawings, plans and specifications are completed,
Landlord will deliver a full set thereof to Tenant for its review and approval.
The approved final drawings, plans and specifications ("Final Plans") are
incorporated herein by this reference.
If Exhibit E simply sets forth a tenant improvement allowance number and if
the cost of constructing the Improvements in accordance with the approved Final
Plans (as determined by Landlord's general contractor) exceeds the amount of
such tenant improvement allowance, then, in such event, Tenant will pay any such
excess costs within ten days after Landlord's written demand for the payment
thereof. If, following the approval of the Final Plans, Tenant expresses a
desire to make any revisions thereto, Tenant will so notify Landlord and
Landlord will then ask its general contractor to prepare a cost estimate for the
making of such changes. Landlord will promptly notify Tenant of any increased
costs or savings resulting from such changes and Tenant will have the right to
require Landlord to cause such a change to be made to the Final Plans; provided,
however, that such changes will not unreasonably affect the structural integrity
or value of the Building. If the aggregate of all such changes results in a net
increase in the cost of the construction of the Improvements, (net of any
savings), then Tenant will pay such net increase to Landlord within ten days
after Landlord's written demand for the payment thereof.
2
<PAGE>
Landlord will cause the Improvements to be constructed in accordance with
the Final Plans. Landlord will use its best efforts to substantially complete
construction of the Improvements on or before the targeted Commencement Date set
forth in the Lease Summary, subject to delays caused by the occurrence of events
beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, labor troubles,
inability to procure materials, restrictive governmental laws and
pronouncements, acts of God, unseasonable weather, Tenant's failure to timely
respond to any matter submitted for its review and Tenant's requested change
orders ("Delay Events"). The establishment of the substantial completion date
referred in the immediately preceding sentence is further predicated upon the
various Milestone Dates referred to in Exhibit D being met in a timely manner
with respect to the preparation, submission and approval of all preliminary
specifications and Final Plans. Tenant agrees that it will review and either
approve or specify its objections to any documents or drawings submitted to it
for its review and approval hereunder within five days after its receipt of the
same. If Tenant fails to respond to any submission to it within five days after
its receipt of same, then it will be deemed to have approved the same for all
the purposes of this Lease.
If the improvements to the Leased Premises are not substantially completed on or
before the targeted Commencement Date set forth in the Lease Summary, then the
Commencement Date and the Termination Date will each be deferred by the number
of days between the targeted Commencement Date set forth in the Lease Summary
and the date on which the improvements are substantially completed.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Landlord's
inability to substantially complete the improvements on or before the targeted
Commencement Date set forth in the Lease Summary is attributable to
Tenant-caused delays (including, without limitation, Tenant's failure to timely
respond to any manner submitted for its review, delays caused by Tenant's
requested change orders, as verified by Landlord's general contractor, or
Tenant's failure to meet the Milestone Dates referred to in Exhibit D), then the
Commencement Date will remain as set forth in the Lease Summary, notwithstanding
the fact that the Improvements are not yet substantially completed, and Tenant
will, from and after the Commencement Date, have an obligation to pay Base Rent,
Estimated Operating Expense Payments and perform all of its other obligations
and duties set forth in this Lease. For the purposes of this Lease, the
Improvements will be deemed substantially completed on the earlier of the date
on which Tenant occupies the Leased Premises or the date on which a temporary or
permanent certificate of occupancy for the Improvements is issued by the
appropriate governmental authority.
Section 10. ALTERATIONS. Except for "Minor Alterations" (as that term is
hereinafter defined), Tenant will not at any time prior to or during the Lease
Term make any alterations, additions or improvements to the Leased Premises
without the prior written consent of Landlord. For the purposes of this Section
10, "Minor Alterations" will mean any alteration, addition or improvement to the
Leased premises, which costs less than $10,000 and which does not alter the
exterior aesthetics or structural integrity of the Building. All improvements,
alterations and additions made at one time in connection with any one job will
be aggregated for the purposes of determining whether the $10,000 limit has been
exceeded. If Landlord consents to any proposed alteration, addition or
improvement, the same shall be made by Landlord at Tenant's sole expense. If
required by Landlord, any such alterations, additions or improvements will be
removed by Tenant upon the expiration of the Lease Term. Tenant will repair any
damage to the Leased Premises caused by such removal.
Section 11. MECHANICS LIENS. Tenant will indemnify and hold Landlord
harmless from any liability or expense associated with the construction by
Tenant of any alteration, addition or improvement to the Leased Premises. In
particular, Tenant will execute and record an appropriate notice of commencement
pursuant to Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, identifying Tenant's interest in the
Leased Premises as a leasehold interest only. Tenant will immediately discharge
any mechanics lien filed against the Leased Premises or the Building in
connection with any work performed by Tenant.
Section 12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. Except as otherwise expressly
provided in Exhibit G, Tenant will not assign this Lease or sublet all or any
part of the Leased Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which
consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by Landlord. Unless
otherwise agreed to by Landlord, Landlord's consent to any such assignment or
sublease will not relieve Tenant from its obligations under this Lease.
Section 13. SUBORDINATION. Tenant's rights and interest under this Lease
are subordinate to all mortgages and other encumbrances now or hereafter
affecting any portion of the Building. In the event of the foreclosure of any
mortgage or other encumbrance, Tenant will, upon request of any person
succeeding to the interest of Landlord, attorn to and automatically become the
tenant of such successor in interest without change in the terms or conditions
of this Lease; provided, however, that such successor in interest shall not be
liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord or subject to any offsets
or defenses which Tenant may have against any such prior landlord. This
paragraph will be self-operative and no further instrument will be required to
effect the subordination provided for herein. Within ten days after its receipt
of Landlord's request therefor, Tenant will execute and deliver to Landlord a
certificate confirming such
3
<PAGE>
subordination and attornment and setting forth the current status and facts
related to this Lease and Tenant's occupancy of the Leased Premises. Tenant may
not terminate this Lease because of any default by Landlord, unless Tenant first
gives written notice of the alleged default to any mortgagee of Landlord whose
name and address have been provided to Tenant, and such mortgagee fails to cure
such default within 30 days after its receipt of such written notice.
Section 14. LIMITATION OF LANDLORD'S PERSONAL LIABILITY. Tenant will look
solely to Landlord's interest in the Leased Premises and the Building for the
recovery of any judgment against Landlord; it being the express intent of the
parties hereto that neither Landlord, nor any of its partners will ever be
personally liable for any such judgment.
Section 15. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE. Landlord will not be liable for
and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any liability or expense associated
with any damage or injury to any person or property (including any person or
property of Tenant or anyone claiming under Tenant) which arises directly or
indirectly in connection with the Leased Premises or Tenant's use or occupancy
of the Leased Premises or any common areas serving the Building. To the extent
not covered by insurance, Tenant will indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from
any of the above-described liabilities and expenses; provided, however, that
Tenant will not be obligated to indemnify Landlord as to any liability or
expense occasioned by the fault or negligence of Landlord.
Tenant will not be liable for and Landlord hereby releases Tenant from any
liability or expense associated with any damage or injury to any person or
property (including any person or property of Landlord or anyone claiming under
Landlord), which arises directly or indirectly in connection with the common
areas serving the Building. To the extent not covered by insurance, Landlord
will indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from any of the above-described
liabilities and expenses; provided, however, that Landlord will not be obligated
to indemnify Tenant as to any liability or expense associated by the fault or
negligence of Tenant.
All property stored or placed by Tenant in or about the Leased Premises will
be so stored or placed at the sole risk of Tenant. Tenant will at its sole
expense maintain in full force and effect at all times during the Lease Term:
(a) comprehensive public liability insurance for personal injury and property
damage with liability limits of not less than $1,000,000 for injury to one
person, $2,000,000 for injury from one occurrence and $500,000 for property
damage; and (b) extended coverage insurance on all property stored or placed by
Tenant in or about the Leased Premises in an amount equal to the full
replacement value thereof. Each insurance policy required to be maintained by
Tenant hereunder will name Landlord as an additional insured and will
specifically provide that such insurance policy cannot be terminated without
giving at least 30 days prior written notice to Landlord.
Landlord will, at its initial expense, but as an Operating Expense subject
to being passed through to Tenant under Section 2 hereof, maintain in full force
and effect at all times during the Lease Term: (a) comprehensive public
liability insurance for personal injury and property damage with liability
limits of not less than $1 million for injury to one person, $2 million for
injury from one occurrence and $500,000 for property damage; and (b) extended
coverage insurance on the Building in an amount equal to the full replacement
value thereof.
Section 16. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives
its right to receive damages against the other party with respect to any loss or
claim occasioned by the occurrence of any casualty to the Building or the Leased
Premises which is covered under a valid and collectible fire and extended
coverage insurance policy. Any insurance policy procured by either Tenant or
Landlord hereunder will contain an express waiver of any right of subrogation by
the insurance company against Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be.
Section 17. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. Tenant will not use, store or dispose of
any "hazardous substance", "hazardous material" or "toxic substance" (as those
terms are defined or used in the context of Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act or any other federal, state or local
environmental law, regulation or requirement) on or about the Leased Premises,
except for immaterial amounts that are exempt from or do not give rise to any
violation of applicable law. Tenant will indemnify and hold Landlord harmless
from any liability or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable
attorney's fees and expenses, court costs, expenses and costs incurred in the
investigation, settlement and defense of claims and any cost or expense incurred
in connection with any environmental clean-up) incurred by or claimed against
Landlord as a result of Tenant's breach of the covenant contained in this
section. The foregoing indemnification (as well as the indemnification set
forth in Section 15 of this Lease) will survive the expiration or sooner
termination of the Lease Term.
Landlord will not use, store or dispose of any "Hazardous Substance",
"Hazardous Material" or "Toxic Substance" (as those terms are defined or used in
the context of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act or any other federal,
4
<PAGE>
state or local environmental law, regulation or requirement) on or about the
Building, except for immaterial amounts that are exempt from or do not give rise
to any violation of applicable law. Landlord will indemnify and hold Tenant
harmless from any liability or expense (including, without limitation,
reasonable attorney's fees and expenses, court costs, expenses and costs
incurred in the investigation, settlement and defense of claims and any cost or
expense incurred in connection with any environmental clean-up) incurred by or
claimed against Tenant as a result of Landlord's breach of the covenant
contained in this section. The foregoing indemnification (as well as the
indemnification set forth in Section 15 of this Lease) will survive the
expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.
Section 18. SURRENDER OF PREMISES. Upon the termination of Tenant's right
of possession under this Lease, Tenant will immediately surrender possession of
the Leased Premises to Landlord in good repair and "broom clean" condition,
reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenant will at the same time remove all of
its trade fixtures from the Leased Premises, as well as any alterations,
additions or improvements designated by Landlord (other than those improvements
constructed by Landlord pursuant to Section 10 and Exhibit E). Tenant will
promptly repair any damage caused to the Leased Premises by the removal of any
of such property.
Section 19. SECURITY INTEREST. [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 20. CASUALTY. If the Leased Premises is damaged by fire or other
casualty, the Landlord will give written notice to Tenant within 20 days after
the occurrence of such event whether the damaged area can reasonably be repaired
within 120 days after the date on which all requisite permits and licenses for
the repair thereof are obtained from the appropriate governmental authorities.
If Landlord notifies Tenant that it does not believe that the damaged area can
reasonably be repaired within such 120-day period, then both Landlord and Tenant
will have the option of terminating this Lease by giving written notice thereof
to the other at any time within 30 days after the date of Tenant's receipt of
the aforementioned notice from Landlord. If Landlord determines that the
damaged area can reasonably be repaired within such 120-day period or if neither
party elects to terminate this Lease despite the fact that Landlord has
determined that the damaged area cannot be reasonably repaired within such
120-day period, then Landlord will proceed to repair the damaged area at its
sole expense; provided, however, that Landlord will in no event be required to
repair any improvements previously made to the Leased Premises by or at the
request of Tenant. If the Leased Premises are rendered untenantable in whole or
in part as a result of a fire or other casualty which was not caused by Tenant,
then all rent and other payments accruing after the occurrence of any such fire
or other casualty and prior to the completion of the repair of the Leased
Premises will be equitably and proportionately abated to reflect the
untenantable portion of the Leased Premises. Landlord will not be liable to
Tenant for any inconvenience or interruption to Tenant's business occasioned by
such fire or other casualty or the concomitant repair of the damaged area.
Section 21. CONDEMNATION. If all or any substantial portion of the Leased
Premises or the Building is taken by or under threat of condemnation so as to
render the Leased Premises wholly untenantable, then this Lease will
automatically terminate as of the date of the vesting of title to such property
in the condemning authority. If such taking does not render the Leased Premises
wholly untenantable, then this Lease will not terminate but will continue in
full force and effect in accordance with its terms, except that the Base Rent
and Tenant's Proportionate Share will be adjusted to fairly reflect the portion
of the Leased Premises, the Building or the Land which was so taken. Landlord
will not be liable to Tenant for any inconvenience or interruption to Tenant's
business occasioned by any such taking. Landlord will be entitled to receive
the entire award made by the condemning authority for any such taking. Landlord
will promptly notify Tenant of the institution of any condemnation proceeding
affecting the Leased Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, Tenant may pursue its own separate action for the recovery of
an award from the condemning authority with respect to any such taking, so long
as Tenant pays all expenses associated with such separate action and the result
of such separate action is not a diminution of the award otherwise payable to
Landlord with respect to such taking.
Section 22. HOLDING OVER. Tenant will not hold over in its occupancy of
the Leased Premises after the expiration of the Lease Term without the prior
written consent of Landlord. If Tenant holds over without the prior written
consent of Landlord, then Tenant will pay 150% of the Base Rent then in effect
for each month during the entire holdover term. Any holding over or without
with the consent of Landlord will constitute this Lease as a lease from
month-to-month.
Section 23. DEFAULT. If Tenant fails to pay any installment of Base Rent or
any other sum payable by it hereunder within ten days after its receipt of
written notice that the same is due and unpaid, or if Tenant defaults in the
performance of any of its other obligations under this Lease and such default
continues for 30 days after written notice thereof is given to Tenant, then, in
addition to any other legal rights and remedies available to Landlord at law or
in equity, Landlord may: (a) terminate Tenant's right of possession under this
Lease and declare to be immediately due and payable the net present value (using
a discount rate of 6%) of the difference between all Base Rent and other sums
payable hereunder over the remainder of the Lease Term and the then fair market
rental value of the Leased
5
<PAGE>
Premises over a like period of time; or (b) reenter and attempt to relet the
Leased Premises without terminating this Lease, in which event Tenant will
remain obligated to pay to Landlord any deficiency between all sums payable by
Tenant pursuant to this Lease and any sums collected by Landlord from any
reletting of the Leased Premises (net of any sums paid by Landlord in connection
with such reletting, including, without limitation, leasing commissions,
attorneys' fees and costs of improvements to the Leased Premises). Landlord may
collect any amounts payable to it pursuant to this paragraph by any lawful
means, including, without limitation, the sale by public or private sale of all
of Tenant's personal property in which Landlord has a security interest.
Section 24. PREVAILING PARTY'S FEES. If any legal action is commenced by
either Landlord or Tenant, to enforce its rights hereunder, then all attorneys'
fees, paralegal fees and other expenses incurred by the prevailing party in such
action shall be promptly paid by the non-prevailing party.
Section 25. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Lease shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Landlord and the
successors and permitted assigns of Tenant.
Section 26. NO WAIVER. No waiver of any covenant or condition of this
Lease by either party will be deemed to constitute a future waiver of the same
or any other covenant or condition of this Lease. In order to be effective, any
such waiver must be in writing and must be delivered to the other party to this
Lease.
Section 27. BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS. Each of Landlord and Tenant hereby
represents and warrants that it has not dealt or consulted with any real estate
broker or agent in connection with this Lease other than those real estate
brokers and agents specifically identified in the Agency Disclosure Statement
attached hereto as Exhibit F. Each of Landlord and Tenant agrees to indemnify
and hold the other harmless from and against any liability or expense occasioned
by a breach of the foregoing representation.
Section 28. RELOCATION. [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 29. REASONABLENESS OF CONSENT. Landlord shall not unreasonably
withhold any consent or approval which is required to be given by it pursuant to
the terms of this Lease.
Section 30. AMENDMENT. This Lease may not be amended except by a written
instrument signed by both Landlord and Tenant.
Section 31. GOVERNING LAW. This Lease will be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.
Section 32. NOTICES. All notices required or permitted under this Lease
must be in writing and must be delivered to Landlord and Tenant at their
addresses set forth in the Lease Summary (or such other address as may
hereafter be designated by such party). Any such notice must be personally
delivered or sent by either registered or certified mail or overnight courier.
Section 33. SECURITY DEPOSIT. [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 34. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. If Tenant ceases to be a company whose
stock is publicly-traded over a nationally-recognized securities exchange
(thereby making its financial statements available to the public), then, on or
before April 1 of each year during the Lease Term, Tenant will provide Landlord
with its then most current financial statements (a balance sheet and income and
loss statement). Each financial statement provided under this Section 34 will
be certified as being true and accurate by an authorized officer of Tenant and
will be reviewed by an independent certified public accounting firm.
Section 35. SPECIAL TERMS. Exhibit G sets forth those special provisions,
if any, which supplement the provisions of this Lease.
[SIGNATURES AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE]
6
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the date specified in the
Lease Summary.
Signed and acknowledged in
the presence of:
LANDLORD:
701 INTERNATIONAL PARKWAY DEVELOPMENT
COMPANY
/S/ NOVA MENDELSON By Pizzuti Inc.
- --------------------------------
/S/ BETSY BOYD By /S/ RICHARD C. DALEY, EVP
- -------------------------------- --------------------------------------
(Name) (Title)
TENANT:
/S/ MARLENE H. FRITH BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
- --------------------------------
/S/ JACK FARNHAM By /S/ D. S. GERGACZ, CHAIRMAN & CEO
- -------------------------------- --------------------------------------
(Name) (Title)
STATE OF OHIO
COUNTY OF FRANKLIN: SS
Before me, a notary public in and for said state and county, personally
appeared Richard C. Daley, the EVP of Pizzuti Inc., the managing agent of 701
International Parkway Development Company, the Landlord in the foregoing Lease,
who acknowledged the signing of the Lease to be his free act and deed on behalf
of the Landlord.
Date: 3/10/98 /S/ NOVA MENDELSON
---------------------------------
Notary Public
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF SEMINOLE: SS
Before me, a notary public in and for said state and county, personally
appeared David S. Gergacz, the Chairman/CEO of Brite Voice Systems, Inc., the
Tenant in the foregoing Lease, who acknowledged the signing of the Lease to be
his free act and deed on behalf of Tenant.
Date: 3/3/98 /S/ DIANE M. MORGAN
---------------------------------
Notary Public
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
DESCRIPTION OF LEASED PREMISES
See floor and building plans attached hereto as Schedule 1.
Initialed and Approved by Tenant:
/s/ DSG
------------------------------------
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 1
GRAPHIC ILLUSTRATION OF FLOOR PLAN
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT B
BASE RENT SCHEDULE
The monthly Base Rent payable by Tenant during the Lease Term will be as set
forth in the following schedule:
LEASE PERIOD MONTHLY BASE RENT PRSF BASE RENT
- ------------ ----------------- --------------
First 2 Months of Lease Term $0 $0
Months 3-26 $50,350.23 $18.25
Months 27-38 $51,867.63 $18.80
Months 39-50 $53,385.04 $19.35
Months 51-62 $54,902.44 $19.90
Tenant will also be required to pay all sales tax payable with respect to the
aforementioned Base Rent (currently computed at the tax rate of 7%). In
addition, the Base Rent is net of the cost of providing electrical service to
the Leased Premises, the entire cost of which will be separately metered to and
paid by Tenant.
Initialed and Approved by Tenant:
/s/ DSG
-------------------------------------
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT C
LIST OF OPERATING EXPENSES
The following are those expenses which are included within the definition of
"Operating Expenses":
1. Costs of maintaining and repairing (but not replacing) the Building and all
common areas serving the Building;
2. The cost of providing janitorial services to the Building;
3. The cost of providing security for the Building;
4. Real estate taxes and assessments on the Building, including, without
limitation, any assessments imposed by any property owner's association;
5. Insurance premiums for liability and extended coverage insurance policies
maintained by Landlord on the Building;
6. Costs related to the provision of utility services to the Building
(specifically, excluding, however, the cost of providing electrical service
to the Leased Premises, which costs will be separately metered and billed
to Tenant);
7. Salaries and related costs (including fringe benefits, payroll taxes and a
labor overhead charge of not more than 15%) of personnel spending time
directly associated with the operation, management and maintenance of the
Building, including, without limitation, those paid to any on-site
assistant property management or maintenance personnel;
8. A property management fee of 4% of all amounts payable by tenants of the
Building.
9. A reasonable contingency/replacement reserve;
10. The cost of any cost-saving utility devise installed in the Building, but
only to the extent of the actual cost-savings obtained therefrom;
11. The cost of any Building improvement (amortized over such period as is
consistent with generally accepted accounting principles) which Landlord is
required to make as a result of the enactment or promulgation of any
governmental law or regulation after the date of the execution of this
Lease;
12. Accounting, legal and other professional services rendered in connection
with the operation, management and maintenance of the Building; and
13. All other costs related to the operation, management and maintenance of the
Building which are considered to be operating expenses under generally
accepted accounting principles.
The following are those expenses which are excluded from the definition of
"Operating Expenses":
A. Landlord's debt service on any financing related to the Building;
B. Franchise or income taxes payable by Landlord;
C. Salaries and related costs of Landlord's off-site administrative personnel;
<PAGE>
D. Costs of all tenant improvements;
E. Leasing commissions;
F. Attorney's fees incurred by Landlord in prosecuting any eviction or other
legal action against any tenant in the Building; and
G. All costs and expenses which are considered to be capital expenditures
under generally accepted accounting principles (other than those
specifically included within the definition of "Operating Expenses" in this
Exhibit C).
Operating Expenses shall be computed for each calendar year during the Lease
Term based upon the accrual method of accounting. If the Building is ever less
than 100% occupied, then Operating Expenses shall be calculated as if the
Building had been 100% occupied and the results shall constitute Landlord's
Operating Expenses for such calendar year for all purposes of this Lease.
Initialed and Approved by Tenant:
/s/ DSG
------------------------------------
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT D
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice visible from
outside the Premises shall be installed or displayed on any part of the
outside or inside of the Building without the prior written consent of
Landlord. landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant's expense and
without notice, any sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule.
All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be printed,
painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by a person chosen
by Landlord, using materials of Landlord's choice and in a style and format
approved by Landlord.
2. Tenant must use Landlord's blinds in all exterior and atrium window
offices. No awning shall be permitted on any part of the Premises. Tenant
shall not place anything against or near glass partitions or doors or
windows which may appear unsightly from outside the Premises.
3. Tenant shall not obstruct any sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances,
elevators, escalators or stairways of the Building. The halls, passages,
exits, entrances, shopping malls, elevators, escalators and stairways are
not for the general public, and Landlord shall in all cases retain the
right to control and prevent access thereto of all persons whose presence
in the judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character,
reputation and interests of the Building and its tenants; provided that
nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to
persons with whom any tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its
business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. No tenant
and no employee or invitee of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the
Building.
4. The directory of the Building will be provided by Landlord and shall
consist exclusively of the display of the name and location of tenants
only; Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom.
5. All cleaning and janitorial services for the Building and the Premises
shall be provided exclusively through Landlord, and except with the written
consent of Landlord, no person or persons other than those approved by
Landlord shall be employed by Tenant or permitted to enter the Building for
the purpose of cleaning the same. Landlord shall not in any way be
responsible to any Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however
occurring, or for any damage to any Tenant's property by the Janitor or any
other employee or any other person.
6. Landlord will furnish Tenant, free of charge, with two keys to each door
lock in the Premises. Landlord may make a reasonable charge for any
additional keys. Tenant shall not make or have made additional keys, and
Tenant shall not alter any lock or install a new additional lock or bolt on
any door of its Premises. Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy,
shall deliver to Landlord the keys of all doors which have been furnished
to Tenant, and in the event of loss of any keys so furnished, shall pay
Landlord therefor.
7. If Tenant requires telegraphic, telephonic, burglar alarm or similar
services, it shall first obtain, and comply with, Landlord's instructions
in their installation.
8. Any freight elevator shall be available for use by all tenants in the
Building, subject to such reasonable scheduling as Landlord in its
discretion shall deem appropriate. No equipment, materials, furniture,
packages, supplies, merchandise or other property will be received in the
Building or carried in the elevators except between such hours and in such
elevators as may be designated by Landlord.
9. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises which exceeds
the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which
is allowed by law. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight,
size and position of all equipment, materials, furniture or other property
brought into the Building. Heavy objects, if such objects are considered
necessary by Tenant, as determined by Landlord, shall stand on such
platforms as determined by Landlord to be necessary to properly distribute
the weight. Business machines and mechanical that may be transmitted to
the structure of the Building or to any space therein to such degree as to
be objectionable to Landlord or to any tenants in the Building, shall be
placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant's expense, on vibration
eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration.
<PAGE>
The persons employed to move such equipment in or out of the Building must
be acceptable to Landlord. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of,
or damage to, any such equipment or other property from any cause, and all
damage done to the Building by maintaining or moving such equipment or
other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.
10. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises any kerosene, gasoline or
inflammable or combustible fluid or material other than those limited
quantities necessary for the operation or maintenance of office equipment.
Tenant shall not use or permit to be used in the Premises any foul or
noxious gas or substance, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or
used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants
of the Building by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, nor shall Tenant
bring into or keep in or about the Premises any birds or animals.
11. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than
supplied by Landlord.
12. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water on air conditioning and agrees to
cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective operation of the
Building's heating, air conditioning and lighting to comply with any
governmental energy saving rules, laws or regulations of which Tenant has
actual notice, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust control. Tenant
shall keep corridor doors closed, and shall close window coverings at the
end of each business day.
13. Landlord reserves the right, exercisable without notice and without
liability to Tenant, to change the name and street address of the Building.
14. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours
of 8 p.m. and 7 a.m. the following day, or such other hours as may be
established from time to time by Landlord, and on Sundays and legal
holidays, any person unless that person is known to the person or employee
in charge of the Building and has a pass or is properly identified. Tenant
shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests passes and shall
be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Tenant shall pay the
cost of replacing any security cards provided by Landlord. Landlord shall
not be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or
exclusion from the Building of any person, Landlord reserves the right to
prevent access to the Building in case of invasion, mob, riot, public
excitement or other commotion by closing the doors or by other appropriate
action.
15. Tenant shall close and lock the doors of its Premises and entirely shut off
all water faucets or other water apparatus, and electricity, gas or air
outlets before Tenant and its employees leave the Premises. Tenant shall
be responsible for any damage or injuries sustained by other tenants or
occupants of the Building or by Landlord for noncompliance with this rule.
16. Tenant shall not obtain for use on the Premises ice, drinking water, food,
beverage, towel or other similar services or accept barbering or
bootblacking services upon the Premises, except at such hours and under
such regulations as may be fixed by Landlord.
17. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall
not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed
and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein.
The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the
violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees
or invitees, shall have caused it.
18. Tenant shall not sell, or permit the sale at retail, of newspapers,
magazines, periodicals, theater tickets or any other goods or merchandise
to the general public in or on the Premises. Tenant shall not make any
room-to-room solicitation of business from other tenants in the Building.
Tenant shall not use the Premises for any business or activity other than
that specifically provided for in Tenant's Lease.
19. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker or
other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building. Tenant shall
not interfere with radio or television broadcasting or reception from or in
the Building or elsewhere.
20. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions,
woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof,
except to install normal wall hangings. Landlord reserves the right to
direct electricians as to where and how telephone and telegraph wires are
to be introduced to the Premises. Tenant shall not cut or bore holes for
wires. Tenant shall
<PAGE>
not affix any floor covering to the floor of the Premises in any manner
except as approved by Landlord. Tenant shall repair any damage resulting
from noncompliance with this rule.
21. Tenant shall not install, maintain or operate upon the Premises any vending
machine without the written consent of Landlord.
22. Canvassing, soliciting and distribution of handbills or any other written
material, and peddling in the Building are prohibited, and each tenant
shall cooperate to prevent same.
23. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any
person who, in Landlord's judgment, is intoxicated or under the influence
of liquor or drugs or who is in violation of any of the Rules and
Regulations of the Building.
24. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within its Premises. Tenant
shall not place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be
disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage
disposal. All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made in accordance with
directions issued from time to time by Landlord.
25. The Premises shall not be used for the storage of merchandise held for sale
to the general public, or for lodging or for manufacturing of any kind, nor
shall the Premises be used for any improper, immoral or objectionable
purpose. No cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant on the
Premises, except that use by Tenant of Underwriters' Laboratory approved
equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages
shall be permitted, and the use of microwave shall be permitted, provided
that such equipment and its use is in accordance with all applicable
federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and
regulations.
26. Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building
any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards or
such other material handling equipment as Landlord may approve. Tenant
shall not bring any other vehicles of any kind into the Building.
27. Without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name of
the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising the business
of Tenant except as Tenant's address.
28. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation
procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental
agency.
29. Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting its Premises from
theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other
means of entry to the Premises closed.
30. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon appropriate
application to the office of the Building by an authorized individual.
Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of
their regular duties unless under special instructions from landlord, and
no employee of Landlord will admit any person (Tenant or otherwise) to any
office without specific instructions from Landlord.
31. In the event Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord its keys to the Premises
upon termination of Tenant's right to possession under the Lease, or
Tenant's vacating of the Premises, the cost of replacing the locks and keys
shall be borne by Tenant.
32. Bicycles, motorbikes and motorcycles are prohibited within the Building and
must be keep in designated parking areas.
33. No pets or other animals of any type whatsoever are permitted in the
Building at any time.
34. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the
benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall
be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of Tenant
or any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any
such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the
Building.
35. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed
to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants,
agreements and conditions of any lease of premises in the Building.
<PAGE>
36. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable Rules and
Regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety
and security, for care and cleanliness of the Building and for the
preservation of good order therein. Tenant agrees to abide by all such
Rules and Regulations hereinabove stated and any additional rules and
regulations which are adopted.
37. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing
rules by Tenant's employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and
guests.
Initialed and Approved by Tenant:
/s/ DSG
-----------------------------------------
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT E
LANDLORD'S WORK
Landlord will provide a tenant improvement allowance of $629,033 for the
construction of improvements to the Leased Premises. Landlord will, at its
expense, provide a preliminary space plan for Tenant's use at the Leased
Premises. The preliminary and final plans for such improvements will otherwise
be prepared, submitted and approved in accordance with the procedures set forth
in Section 9 of the Lease. The construction of the improvements to the Leased
Premises will be bid by Landlord to the following two general contractors -
Brasfield & Gorrie and Gettysburg. Landlord may not accept any general
contractor bid for comparable work at a comparable schedule if any such bid is
more than 5% greater than the low bid received from the aforementioned two
general contractors. If the cost of the construction of the improvements
ultimately approved by Landlord and Tenant exceeds the amount of the
aforementioned tenant improvement allowance, then such excess costs will be paid
by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 of the Lease. If the
cost of the construction of the improvements ultimately approved by Landlord and
Tenant is less than the amount of the aforementioned tenant improvement
allowance, then such cost savings will be paid to Tenant by Landlord in cash on
or before the date on which Tenant commences paying Base Rent under the terms of
this Lease. Landlord will not charge against the tenant improvement allowance
any fee for its supervision of such construction.
The following are those base building improvements which will be constructed by
Landlord and which are not to be charged against the tenant improvement
allowance set forth above:
- Fully installed 4' X 4' suspended acoustical ceiling grid.
- 2' X 4' fluorescent light fixtures with energy saving ballast
purchased and palletized on the tenant floors at a rate of 1/96
rentable square foot.
- Installation of all primary HVAC system components and duct work
terminating at the VAV unit (not including spin-outs or distribution
devices).
- Installation of wet sprinkler systems with turned-up heads for shell
areas precedent to Tenant demising plans.
The following are those "Milestone Dates" referred to in Section 9 of the Lease,
with respect to the preparation, submission and approval of the preliminary
specifications and the Final Plans:
- Tenant's delivery to Landlord of its preliminary requirements for the
improvements - Completed February 11, 1998.
- Tenant's approval of the preliminary specifications and floor plans -
February 23, 1998;
- Tenant's approval of the pricing and Final Plans for Improvements -
April 15, 1998; (assumes Landlord's delivery of the same to Tenant on
or before March 30. 1998).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the improvements
to the Leased Premises are not substantially completed on or before the date
which is 88 days after Tenant's approval of the Final Plans and Landlord's
receipt of a building permit for the space, for any reason other than the
occurrence of a Delay Event, then Tenant will have the right to cancel this
Lease by delivering written notice of termination thereof to Landlord no later
than three days after the expiration of such 88 calendar day period.
Initialed and Approved by Tenant:
/s/ DSG
--------------------------------------
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT F
AGENCY DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
The following are the only real estate agents and brokers involved in the
leasing transition between Landlord and Tenant:
Welsh Companies - Representative of Landlord
Commission to be paid by Landlord pursuant to separate written agreement.
Cushman & Wakefield of Florida, Inc. - Representative of Tenant
Commission to be paid by Landlord pursuant to separate written agreement.
Initialed and Approved by Tenant:
/s/ DSG
--------------------------------------
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT G
SPECIAL TERMS
The following special terms modify and supplement the provisions of the Lease
Agreement between Landlord and Tenant. All capitalized terms used but not
defined in this Exhibit G will have the meanings attributed thereto in the Lease
Agreement.
1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 3, Tenant
will not be required to pay its first monthly installment of Base Rent
until the date which is ten days after the date on which Landlord commences
construction of the Improvements to the Leased Premises.
2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8 of the
Lease, Tenant will be entitled to exterior signage on the Building
identifying Tenant. The location, design, size and composition of any such
sign will be as specified in the sign specifications attached hereto as
Schedule G-1 and will further be subject to compliance with all applicable
governmental laws, rules and regulations and the provisions of any private
restrictive covenants applicable to the Land and the Building.
3. Tenant will be given access to the Leased Premises 30 days prior to the
Commencement Date, so that Tenant may begin installing its furniture,
fixtures and data communication equipment in the Leased Premises. During
such 30-day early access period, Tenant will take all reasonable steps to
eliminate any interference with Landlord's construction of the Improvements
to the Leased Premises.
4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 12 of the
Lease, Tenant may, without having to obtain Landlord's prior approval,
sublet the Leased Premises or assign its interest in the Lease to any
successor-in-interest to Tenant resulting from a merger, consolidation or
sale of Tenant's entire business; provided, however, that Tenant will be
required to provide Landlord with written notice of any such sublease or
assignment at least ten days prior to Tenant's effecting of the same.
5. If at any time during the Lease Term, Landlord receives a solicited or
unsolicited offer ("Third Party Offer") from any person or entity to lease
all or any part of any vacant space on the third floor of the Building
("Vacant Space") and if Landlord, in good faith, is willing to accept such
offer, then Landlord will promptly provide Tenant with written notice of
the terms and conditions of such Third Party Offer. Tenant will have eight
days after its receipt of Landlord's notice to provide Landlord with
written notice that if it elects to lease the Vacant Space upon the terms
and conditions set forth in the Third Party Offer. If Tenant fails to
provide Landlord with any such written notice within the aforementioned
eight day period or if Tenant expressly declines to exercise its right of
first refusal within such eight day period, then, in either such event,
Landlord will have the unrestricted right to lease the Vacant Space for a
period of six months thereafter upon the identical terms and conditions set
forth in the Third Party Offer. If Landlord fails to so lease the Vacant
Space within such six-month period, then Tenant's right of first refusal
with respect to the Vacant Space will be reinstated in the manner
contemplated in this paragraph 5. If Tenant elects to exercise its right
of first refusal within the aforementioned eight day period, then Landlord
and Tenant will enter into an Addendum to Lease, which sets forth the terms
and conditions of Tenant's leasing of the Vacant Space, which terms and
conditions will be identical to those set forth in the Third Party Offer,
except that if Tenant's leasing of the Vacant Space commences at any time
during the first two years of the Lease Term hereunder, then (a) the
expiration date of Tenant's leasing of the Vacant Space will be coterminous
with its leasing of the Leased Premises hereunder; and (b) the per rentable
square foot tenant improvement allowance to be provided to Tenant with
respect to the Vacant Space will be equal to $19 per rentable square foot
contained within the Leased Premises, multiplied by a fraction having as
its numerator the number of months in the initial term of Tenant's leasing
of the Vacant Space and having as its denominator the number 60.
6. Tenant will have the option to renew this Lease Agreement for up to two
consecutive renewal terms of five years each. Each such renewal option
must be exercised, if at all, by Tenant's delivery of written notice of
exercise to Landlord at least 180 days prior to the scheduled expiration of
the then existing term of the Lease (be it the initial Lease Term or the
first renewal term). Tenant's right to so renew this Lease Agreement will
be conditioned upon the Lease Agreement being in full force and effect,
without any default on the part of Tenant, both at the time of Tenant's
exercise of each such renewal option and at the time of the scheduled
commencement of each such renewal term. Each such renewal term will be
upon all of the same terms and conditions set forth in this Lease Agreement
with respect to the initial Lease Term, except that the annual Base Rent
payable during each year of each such renewal term will be equal to the
market rental rate being charged for comparable space for a comparable term
in
<PAGE>
comparable buildings in the Heathrow/Lake Mary suburban office market;
provided, however, that the Base Rent payable during any year of any such
renewal term will in no event be less than the Base Rent payable during the
immediately preceding 12 months of the Lease Term. Landlord will provide
Tenant with its determination of such market rental rates within 15 days
after Tenant's written request for the same.
7. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 13 of the
Lease, Tenant's subordination and attornment obligations set forth therein
will be expressly conditioned upon Tenant's execution with Landlord's
lender of a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement, which
provides that Tenant's leasing and possession of the Leased Premises will
in no event be disturbed by Landlord's lender, so long as Tenant is in full
compliance with all of the provisions of this Lease.
8. Landlord hereby represents and warrants the following to Tenant, both as of
the date of the parties' execution of this Lease and as of the Commencement
Date:
(a) The Building will not contain any asbestos, hazardous substance,
hazardous material or toxic substance (as those terms are defined
in Section 17 of the Lease), except for immaterial amounts that
are exempt from or do not give rise to a violation of applicable
law; and
(b) The Building will comply with all relevant governmental code
requirements, specifically including, without limitation, the
Americans With Disabilities Act.
9. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2 or Exhibit
C, the amount of any "Controllable Expenses" (as that term is hereinafter
defined) to be taken into consideration when computing Tenant's
Proportionate Share of Excess Expenses will be limited to an amount equal
to the annualized Controllable Expense incurred by Landlord during the
calendar year 1998, with future increases capped at the rate of 5% per year
for each calendar year thereafter. For the purposes of this Lease, the
term "Controllable Expense" will mean those expenses referred to in
paragraphs 1, 2, 3, 7, 9, 12 and 13 of Exhibit C.
10. Tenant will have access to the Leased Premises 24 hours per day, seven days
per week. Each of the perimeter doors of the Building on the first floor
will be equipped with localized card readers and will be linked to the DDC
Controller. At Tenant's request, Landlord will cooperate with Tenant in
adapting and expanding the Building security system for future integration
with Tenant's security needs; provided, however, that all costs associated
with any such adaptation or expansion will be borne by Tenant.
11. The parking lot located adjacent to the Building will provide up to four
parking spaces for every 1,000 square feet of rentable space contained
within the Building. To the extent Landlord hereafter grants to any future
tenant of the Building the right to have exclusive, reserved parking
spaces, then Tenant will be entitled to the use of that number of
exclusive, reserved parking spaces which is in the same proportion to its
rentable square footage as is the number of reserved parking spaces
assigned to such other tenant to such other tenant's rentable square
footage within the Building.
12. Tenant anticipates that it may occasionally during the Lease Term desire to
hold a cocktail reception or other social event in the Building lobby
and/or within the Leased Premises. Tenant may do so only with Landlord's
prior consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
Tenant will in all events be required to pay for all additional costs
associated with the holding of any such event and will be required to
indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all liability or
expense incurred by or claimed against Landlord with respect to any such
event.
13. Tenant will have the right to install a back-up generator to service its
operational needs within the Leased Premises, so long as Tenant pays all
costs related to the installation, operation, repair, replacement and
removal of such back-up generator and obtains Landlord's prior written
consent as to the size, location and manner of installation of such
generator.
Initialed and Approved by Tenant:
/s/ DSG
---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT H
RADON NOTICE
Notification pursuant to Florida statute 404.056(8):
RADON GAS: "Radon is a naturally occurring radioactive gas that, when it has
accumulated in a building in sufficient quantities, may present health risks to
persons who are exposed to it over time. Levels of radon that exceed federal
and state guidelines have been found in buildings in Florida. Additional
information regarding radon and radon testing may be obtained from your county
public health unit."
Initialed and Approved by Tenant:
/s/ DSG
----------------------------------------
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.25
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into effective as of January 12, 1998,
by and between Brite Voice Systems, Inc. ("Company") and Stanley G. Brannan
("Brannan").
WHEREAS, Brannan is currently a full-time employee of the Company serving
in the capacity of Chairman of the Board; and
WHEREAS, Brannan has indicated his intention to resign his employment with
the Company for personal reasons; and
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to retain Brannan for the performance of
certain consulting services and Brannan has agreed to provide said services; and
WHEREAS, the Company and Brannan desire to document the terms and
conditions of their agreement with respect to the foregoing.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals and the mutual
covenants and benefits herein set forth, the parties agree as follows:
1. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Brannan's employment with the Company as
Chairman of the Board shall terminate on January 12, 1998.
2. SEVERANCE; RELOCATION EXPENSE. The Company shall pay Brannan the sum
of $105,000 as severance, which amount, less applicable and required
holdings, shall be paid on or before January 23, 1998. In addition,
the Company shall reimburse Brannan in an amount not to exceed $10,000
for the costs of relocating his furniture, automobiles and other
property from his home in Orlando, Florida to Wichita, Kansas, upon
presentation of invoices for such costs.
3. RELEASE. Except for the obligations specifically assumed by the
Company in Sections 2, 4 and 5 hereof, Brannan releases and forever
discharges the Company, together with all past, present and future
agents or employees, directors and other persons, firms and
corporations in any way connected or related to the Company, from all
claims, liabilities, demands, damages, causes of action, agreements,
promises and rights of action of whatever kind or nature arising out
of, or in any way connected with, directly or indirectly, his
employment or termination of his employment with the Company, and this
Agreement constitutes settlement in full thereof.
<PAGE>
4. HEALTH INSURANCE. The Company agrees to use its commercially
reasonable efforts to cause participation in any group health
insurance plan made available to the Company's employees to be made
available to Brannan during the period that he serves as a director of
the Company. If Brannan elects to participate in the Company's group
health insurance plan he shall pay that portion of each health
insurance premium as shall be required of other participants under the
plan.
5. CONSULTING SERVICES.
(a) GENERAL. The Company hereby contracts to engage the
services of Brannan as an independent contractor consultant to
the Company, to render consulting services to the Company to
assist the Company in its efforts to develop new business
concepts which expand and complement the Company's existing
business. Any proposal developed by Brannan during the term
hereof shall be presented to the Company by written memorandum
delivered to the President of the Company. Any business
development shall be subject to the Company's acceptance and
approval, in the Company's sole discretion, and Brannan shall
have no authority to contract for or to bind the Company to any
agreement or obligation.
(b) TERM. The term of this Agreement shall begin on the
effective date hereof and shall continue until July 1, 1998.
(c) COMPENSATION. As compensation for the consulting services
rendered to the Company, Brannan shall be paid the sum of
$50,000, which shall be paid in equal amounts on the last day of
each month during the term hereof.
(d) EXTENT OF SERVICES; USE OF COMPANY FACILITIES. Brannan shall
render services hereunder at the times and in the manner Brannan
believes are necessary and appropriate in order to accomplish the
purpose of this Agreement. For the performance of services
hereunder, Brannan shall be entitled to the use of the office
currently occupied by him at the Company's facility at 7309 East
21st, Wichita, Kansas, and shall be provided telephone,
facsimile, secretarial and administrative support as may be
reasonably required; provided, however, that Brannan shall not
request the support or assistance of any non-clerical employee of
the Company without the prior written approval of the President
of the Company.
(e) EXPENSES. The Company shall reimburse Brannan for all
direct out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Brannan in providing
consulting services hereunder, provided that expenses reasonably
anticipated to exceed $100.00 per day (such as travel, meals or
lodging) shall be authorized in advance by the President of the
Company.
2
<PAGE>
(f) DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION. Brannan acknowledges that, as a
result of his services hereunder, and as a result of his prior
position with the Company, he has and will be making use of,
acquiring and/or adding to confidential information, trade
secrets and know-how of a special and unique nature and value
relating to certain aspects of the Company's business and such
matters as the Company's assets, business prospects, confidential
reports and lists of customers, as well as the nature and type of
services rendered by the Company. As a material inducement to
the Company to enter into this Agreement and to pay to Brannan
the compensation provided for herein, Brannan covenants and
agrees that he shall not, at any time during or following the
term of this Agreement, directly or indirectly, divulge or
disclose, for any purpose whatsoever, any such confidential
information, trade secrets or know-how which he now possesses or
obtains pursuant to his services hereunder. In the event of a
breach or threatened breach by Brannan of any of the provisions
of this Section 6, the Company, in addition to and not in
limitation of any other rights, remedies or damages available to
the Company, at law or in equity, shall be entitled to a
permanent injunction in order to prevent or restrain any such
breach by Brannan or by Brannan's partners, agents,
representatives, servants, employers, employees and/or any and
all persons directly or indirectly acting for or with him.
(g) DEATH OR DISABILITY. If Brannan should die or become
disabled so that he cannot perform his duties hereunder during
the term of this Agreement, the obligations of the Company shall
continue hereunder, and the payments described in paragraph (c)
hereof shall be made to Brannan or his estate.
(h) INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding anything herein
contained to the contrary, it is the purpose and intent hereof to
establish between the Company and Brannan a relationship of an
independent contractor, and all liabilities between the parties
shall be construed by application of the law of independent
contractor and not that of principal and agent. Brannan is not an
employee of the Company for any purpose and the Company is
interested only in the results obtained by Brannan. Brannan does
not have, nor shall Brannan hold himself out as having, any
right, power or authority to create any contract or obligation,
either express or implied, on behalf of, in the name of, or
binding upon the Company, unless the Company's authorized
representatives shall consent thereto in writing, it being the
express intention of the parties that all such arrangements
discussed or negotiated by Brannan shall be subject to the
Company's final approval.
3
<PAGE>
(i) DELEGATION. Brannan acknowledges that the Company desires to
obtain the benefit of Brannan's own personal efforts. Brannan is
not entitled to delegate any of his duties under this Agreement
or to appoint any sub-agent in the performance of this Agreement.
6. AGREEMENT NOT TO COMPETE. Brannan covenants and agrees that, for a
period of 18 months from the effective date of this Agreement, he
shall not in any manner compete with the Company with respect to any
line of business conducted by the Company either as of the date of
this Agreement or during the term of the consulting period provided
for in Section 5 hereof.
This Agreement shall prevent Brannan, directly or indirectly, on
Brannan's own behalf or as an employee, officer, agent, director,
partner, consultant, lender, or advisor, during the period covered by
this Agreement, from forming, owning, joining, controlling, financing,
or otherwise participating in the ownership or management of, or being
otherwise affiliated with, any person or entity engaged in the type of
business prohibited by this Agreement. During the period covered by
this Section 6, Brannan shall not permit any person or entity (other
than the Company) of which Brannan is a shareholder or partner or in
which Brannan has an ownership interest, to engage in any type of
business prohibited by this Section 6. Notwithstanding any other
provision herein, the parties agree that Brannan may, during the
period covered by Section 6, invest Brannan's personal, private assets
as a passive investor in not more than one percent (1%) of the total
outstanding shares of any publicly traded company engaged in a
competing business, so long as Brannan does not participate in the
management or operations of the affairs of such company.
Brannan has carefully read and considered the provisions of this
Section 6 and, having done so, agrees that the restrictions set forth
herein, including, but not limited to, the time period of the
restriction and the scope of the restriction, are fair and reasonable
and are reasonably required for the protection of the interests of the
Company.
In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any part of the
covenants set forth in this Section 6 shall be held to be invalid or
unenforceable, the remaining parts thereof shall nevertheless continue
to be valid and enforceable as though the invalid or unenforceable
parts had not been included therein. In the event that any provision
of this Section 6 relating to the time period and/or scope of
restrictions shall be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to
exceed the maximum time period or area as such court deems reasonable
and enforceable, said time period and/or areas of restrictions shall
be deemed to become and thereafter be the maximum time period and/or
scope which such court deems reasonable and enforceable.
4
<PAGE>
Any provision hereof otherwise prohibited by or unenforceable under
any applicable law or public policy in any jurisdiction which cannot
be reformed in accordance with the provisions herein, shall, as to
such jurisdiction, be ineffective without affecting any other
provision of this Agreement, or shall be deemed to be severed or
otherwise modified to conform with such law or public policy; and the
remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in force, provided
that the purpose of this Agreement can be effected. To the full
extent, however, that the provisions of such applicable law or public
policy may be waived, this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver
thereof. The parties hereto understand and agree that all the
covenants set forth herein are and shall be separately enforceable,
each to the full extent permitted by applicable law.
If it should become desirable or necessary for the Company to seek
compliance with this Section 6 by judicial proceedings, the period
during which Brannan shall comply with its provisions shall extend to
the first anniversary of the date of the final, nonappealable order
requiring such compliance.
It is agreed that the Company would be irreparably damaged by reason
of any violation of the provisions of this Agreement, and that any
remedy at law for a breach of the provisions of this Agreement would
be inadequate. Therefore, the Company shall be entitled to seek
injunctive or other equitable relief in a court of competent
jurisdiction against Brannan, Brannan's agents, employees, affiliates,
partners, or other associates, for any breach or threatened breach of
this Agreement, without the necessity of proving actual monetary loss.
It is expressly understood that the remedy described herein shall not
be the exclusive remedy of the Company for any breach of this
Agreement, and the Company shall be entitled to seek such other relief
or remedy at law or in equity to which it may be entitled as a
consequence of any breach of this Agreement.
7. NOTICE. Any notice permitted or required by the provisions of this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given
when personally delivered, when delivered by recognized overnight
courier or, whether or not actually received, three business days
after being deposited in the United States mail by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid
thereon, addressed as follows:
If to Company: Brite Voice Systems, Inc.
Attn: David S. Gergacz
250 International Parkway, Suite 300
Heathrow, FL 32749
5
<PAGE>
If to Brannan: Stanley G. Brannan
640 North Rock Road, #17
Wichita, KS 67206
or to such other address as either party shall furnish the other in
accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.
8. MISCELLANEOUS.
(a) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously
in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the
same instrument.
(b) BURDEN AND BENEFIT. This Agreement shall be binding upon,
and shall inure to the benefit of, the Company and Brannan, and
their respective heirs, personal and legal representatives,
successors and assigns.
(c) GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed in
accordance with, and the rights and liabilities of the parties
hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida.
(d) ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement contains the entire
Agreement and understanding by and between the parties hereto,
and no representation, promise, agreement or understanding not
contained herein shall be of any force and effect. No change or
modification hereof shall be valid or shall be binding unless the
same is in writing and signed by the party intended to be bound.
(e) WAIVER. No waiver of any right under this Agreement shall
be deemed effective unless the same is set forth in a writing
signed by the party giving such waiver, and no waiver of any
right shall be deemed to be a waiver of any such right, or any
other right hereunder, in the future.
(f) CAPTIONS. The captions herein have been inserted for
convenience of reference only and are not to be used in the
interpretation of any provision hereof.
(g) SEVERABILITY. The provisions of this Agreement shall be
deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any
one or more of the provisions hereof shall not affect the
validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.
6
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement this 10th day
of January, 1998.
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
/s/ David S. Gergacz
----------------------------------
David S. Gergacz
President
/s/ Stanley G. Brannan
----------------------------------
Stanley G. Brannan
7
<PAGE>
BRITE VOICE SYSTEMS, INC.
SUBSIDIARIES
EXHIBIT 22.1
Brite Voice Systems Group, Limited
Brite Court, Park Road
Gatley, Cheadle, Cheshire SK8 4HZ
UNITED KINGDOM
Brite Voice Systems Group, GmbH
Bleichstrasse 1-3
65183 Wiesbaden
GERMANY
Brite Holding AG
c/o Societe Fiduciaire Visura SA
Rue St-Martin 9
CH-1002, Lausanne
SWITZERLAND
Brite Voice Systems AG
Industriestrasse 12
CH-8305 Dietlikon
SWITZERLAND
Brite Voice Systems S.p.A.
Via Flaminia 173
Roma 00196
ITALY
Brite Leasing, Inc.
7309 E. 21st Street North
Wichita, KS 67206
USA
Brite Voice Systems Pte Ltd.
47-A, Kreta Ayer Road
SINGAPORE 089006
Brite Voice Systems S.A. (Pty) Ltd.
6 Sandown Manor
Stella Street
Sandown 2146
SOUTH AFRICA
BVSI, Inc.
c/o Griffin Corporate Services, Inc.
900 Market Street, Ste. 200
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
report included in this Form 10-K into the Company's previously filed
Registration Statement File Nos. 33-44609, 33-59371, 33-66812, 33-67274,
33-80478 and 333-34081.
/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
Kansas City, Missouri
March 24, 1998
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
COMPANY'S FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, AND IS QUALIFIED IN
ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1997
<CASH> 26,979
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 37,823
<ALLOWANCES> 1,366
<INVENTORY> 13,788
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 85,962
<PP&E> 20,393
<DEPRECIATION> 7,163
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 105,030
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 34,916
<BONDS> 0
0
0
<COMMON> 43,714
<OTHER-SE> 26,400
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 105,030
<SALES> 69,344
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 119,849
<CGS> 32,007
<TOTAL-COSTS> 128,433
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 29,430
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 566
<INCOME-PRETAX> 20,280
<INCOME-TAX> 8,598
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 0
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 11,682
<EPS-PRIMARY> 0.98
<EPS-DILUTED> 0.97
</TABLE>
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM FORM 10K FOR
THE YEARS ENDED DEC 31, 1995 AND DEC 31, 1996 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY
BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1995 DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1995 JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1995 DEC-31-1996
<CASH> 3405 8084
<SECURITIES> 0 0
<RECEIVABLES> 29171 35538
<ALLOWANCES> 481 471
<INVENTORY> 10510 12507
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 45320 58259
<PP&E> 23052 26504
<DEPRECIATION> 11476 12204
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 58832 74882
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 18386 20701
<BONDS> 0 0
0 0
0 0
<COMMON> 34377 38417
<OTHER-SE> 6069 15764
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 58832 74882
<SALES> 52697 63980
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 97078 110409
<CGS> 22809 27729
<TOTAL-COSTS> 91370 98710
<OTHER-EXPENSES> (452) (240)
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 0 80
<INCOME-PRETAX> 6160 11859
<INCOME-TAX> 2210 3304
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 3950 0
<DISCONTINUED> 0 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0 0
<CHANGES> 0 0
<NET-INCOME> 3950 8555
<EPS-PRIMARY> 0.35 .73
<EPS-DILUTED> 0.33 .71
</TABLE>
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM FORM 10Q
FOR THE 3 MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997, SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997, AND
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C> <C> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 3-MOS 6-MOS 9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1996 DEC-31-1996 DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1997 JAN-01-1997 JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END> MAR-31-1997 JUN-30-1997 SEP-30-1997
<CASH> 6426 2575 2561
<SECURITIES> 0 0 0
<RECEIVABLES> 38335 37806 38436
<ALLOWANCES> 490 611 824
<INVENTORY> 14564 14987 13763
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 61418 58954 62391
<PP&E> 27777 26522 27180
<DEPRECIATION> 13140 12575 13428
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 79233 74542 78123
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 24791 24547 28988
<BONDS> 0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
<COMMON> 38419 38680 39190
<OTHER-SE> 16023 11315 9945
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 79233 74542 78123
<SALES> 19106 35876 16243
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 30990 60135 29427
<CGS> 8693 16160 7700
<TOTAL-COSTS> 28985 65426 30833
<OTHER-EXPENSES> (76) (37) 24
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0 0 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 0 0 0
<INCOME-PRETAX> 2081 (5254) (1382)
<INCOME-TAX> 790 (1669) (414)
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 1291 0 0
<DISCONTINUED> 0 0 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0 0 0
<CHANGES> 0 0 0
<NET-INCOME> 1291 (3585) (968)
<EPS-PRIMARY> 0.11 (0.30) (.38)
<EPS-DILUTED> 0.11 (0.30) (.38)
</TABLE>
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM FORM 10Q
FOR THE 3 MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996, SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, AND
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C> <C> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 3-MOS 6-MOS 9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1995 DEC-31-1995 DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1996 JAN-01-1996 JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END> MAR-31-1996 JUN-30-1996 SEP-30-1996
<CASH> 3839 2088 4163
<SECURITIES> 1987 0 0
<RECEIVABLES> 26230 32485 35149
<ALLOWANCES> 555 587 668
<INVENTORY> 11581 11650 11692
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 48032 50103 54356
<PP&E> 24544 25955 23872
<DEPRECIATION> 12260 13110 11068
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 62289 65244 69005
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 16480 16127 18482
<BONDS> 0 0 0
37210 0 0
0 0 0
<COMMON> 0 37560 37851
<OTHER-SE> 8599 11557 12672
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 62289 65244 69005
<SALES> 14116 29804 44357
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 25848 54515 79871
<CGS> 6010 13117 19210
<TOTAL-COSTS> 22144 46927 70975
<OTHER-EXPENSES> (57) (180) (136)
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0 0 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 0 0 0
<INCOME-PRETAX> 3761 7768 9032
<INCOME-TAX> 1058 2176 2496
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 2703 5592 6536
<DISCONTINUED> 0 0 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0 0 0
<CHANGES> 0 0 0
<NET-INCOME> 2703 5592 6536
<EPS-PRIMARY> 0.23 0.48 0.56
<EPS-DILUTED> 0.23 0.46 0.54
</TABLE>
